United States - Singapore Free Trade Agreement
The Government of the United States and the Government of the Republic of
Singapore (�the
Parties�),
Recognizing their longstanding friendship and important trade and investment
relationship;
Recognizing that open and competitive markets are the key drivers of economic
efficiency, innovation and wealth creation;
Recognizing the importance of ongoing liberalization of trade in goods and
services at the multilateral level;
Aware of the growing importance of trade and investment for the economies of
the Asia-Pacific region;
Reaffirming their rights, obligations and undertakings under the Marrakesh
Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization, and other multilateral, regional,
and bilateral agreements and arrangements to which they are both Parties;
Recognizing that economic development, social development, and environmental
protection are interdependent and mutually reinforcing components of sustainable
development, and that an open and non-discriminatory multilateral trading system can play a major role
in achieving sustainable development;
Reaffirming their commitment to achieving the Asia-Pacific Economic
Co-operation goals of free and open trade and investment;
Reaffirming their commitment to securing trade liberalization and an
outward-looking approach to trade and investment;
Reaffirming their shared commitment to facilitating bilateral trade through
removing or reducing technical, sanitary and phytosanitary barriers to the movement of goods
between the Parties;
Desiring to promote competition;
Desiring to promote transparency and to eliminate bribery and corruption in
business transactions;
Recognizing that liberalized trade in goods and services will assist the
expansion of trade and investment flows, raise the standard of living, and create new employment
opportunities in their respective territories;
Desiring to expand trade in services on a mutually advantageous basis, under
conditions of transparency and progressive liberalization, with the aim of securing an
overall balance of rights and obligations, while recognizing the rights of each Party to regulate, and
to introduce new regulations, giving due respect to national policy objectives;
Reaffirming the importance of pursuing the above in a manner consistent with
the protection and enhancement of the environment, including through regional environmental
cooperative activities and implementation of multilateral environmental agreements to
which they are both parties; and
Affirming their commitment to encourage the accession to this Agreement by
other States in order to further the liberalization of trade in goods and services between
States;
Have agreed as follows:
CHAPTER 1 : ESTABLISHMENT OF A FREE TRADE AREA AND DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE 1.1 :
GENERAL
1. The Parties to this Agreement, consistent with Article XXIV of GATT 1994
and Article V of GATS, hereby establish a free trade area in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.
2. The Parties reaffirm their existing rights and obligations with respect to
each other under existing bilateral and multilateral agreements to which both Parties are
party, including the WTO Agreement.
3. This Agreement shall not be construed to derogate from any international
legal obligation between the Parties that entitles goods or services, or suppliers of goods or
services, to treatment more favorable than that accorded by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 1.2 :
GENERAL DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified:
1. Customs Valuation Agreement
means the WTO Agreement on Implementation of Article VII of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994;
2. days means calendar days;
3. enterprise means any entity
constituted or organized under applicable law, whether or not for profit, and whether privately-owned or governmentally-owned,
including any corporation, trust, partnership, sole proprietorship, joint venture or other
association;
4. enterprise of a Party means an
enterprise constituted or organized under the law of a Party;
5. GATS means the General
Agreement on Trade in Services;
6. GATT 1994 means the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994;
7. goods of a Party means domestic
products as these are understood in GATT 1994 or such goods as the Parties may agree, and includes originating goods of that
Party;
8. government procurement means
the process by which a government obtains the use of or acquires goods or services, or any combination thereof, for governmental
purposes and not with a view to commercial sale or resale, or use in the production or supply
of goods or services for commercial sale or resale;
9. measure includes any law,
regulation, procedure, requirement or practice;
10. national means a natural
person referred to in Annex 1A;
11. originating good has the
meaning established in Chapter 3 (Rules of Origin);
12. person means a natural person
or enterprise;
13. person of a Party means a
national or an enterprise of a Party;
14. territory means for a Party
the territory of that Party as set out in Annex 1A;
15. TRIPS Agreement means the
Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights;
16. WTO means the World Trade
Organization; and
17. WTO Agreement means the
Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization.
ANNEX 1A
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Agreement:
1. national means:
(a) with respect to Singapore, any person who is a citizen within the meaning
of its Constitution and domestic laws; and
(b) with respect to the United States, national of the United States as
defined in Title III of the Immigration and Nationality Act.
2. territory means:
(a) with respect to Singapore, its land territory, internal waters and
territorial sea as well as the maritime zones beyond the territorial sea, including the seabed
and subsoil, over which the Republic of Singapore exercises sovereign rights or jurisdiction under its national laws and international law for the purpose of exploration and exploitation of the natural resources of such areas; and
(b) with respect to the United States,
(i) the customs territory of the United States which includes the 50 states,
the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico;
(ii) the foreign trade zones located in the United States and Puerto Rico;
and
(iii) any areas beyond the territorial seas of the United States within
which, in accordance with international law and its domestic law, the United States may exercise rights with respect to the seabed and subsoil and their natural resources.
CHAPTER 2 : NATIONAL TREATMENT AND MARKET ACCESS FOR GOODS
ARTICLE 2.1 :
NATIONAL TREATMENT
Each Party shall accord national treatment to the goods of the other Party in
accordance with Article III of GATT 1994, including its interpretative notes. To this end,
Article III of GATT 1994 and its interpretative notes are incorporated into and made a part of
this Agreement, subject to Annex 2A.
ARTICLE 2.2 :
ELIMINATION OF DUTIES
1. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall
progressively eliminate its customs duties on originating goods of the other Party in accordance with
Annexes 2B (U.S. Schedule) and 2C (Singapore Schedule).
2. A Party shall not increase an existing customs duty or introduce a new
customs duty on imports of an originating good, other than as permitted by this Agreement,
subject to Annex 2A.
3. Upon request by any Party, the Parties shall consult to consider
accelerating the elimination of customs duties as set out in their respective schedules. An
agreement by the Parties to accelerate the elimination of customs duties on an originating
good shall be treated as an amendment to Annexes 2B and 2C, and shall enter into force after the
Parties have exchanged written notification certifying that they have completed necessary internal
legal procedures and on such date or dates as may be agreed between them.
ARTICLE 2.3 :
CUSTOMS VALUE
Each Party shall apply the provisions of the Customs Valuation Agreement for
the purposes of determining the customs value of goods traded between the Parties.
ARTICLE 2.4 :
EXPORT TAX
A Party shall not adopt or maintain any duty, tax or other charge on the
export of any good to the territory of the other Party.
ARTICLE 2.5 :
TEMPORARY ADMISSION
1. Each Party shall grant duty-free temporary admission for the following
goods, imported by or for the use of a resident of the other Party:
(a) professional equipment, including software and broadcasting and
cinematographic equipment, necessary for carrying out the business activity, trade, or
profession of a business person who qualifies for temporary entry pursuant to the laws of
the importing country; and
(b) goods intended for display or demonstration at exhibitions, fairs, or
similar events, including commercial samples for the solicitation of orders, and advertising films.
2. A Party shall not condition the duty-free temporary admission of a good
referred to in paragraph 1, other than to require that such good:
(a) be used solely by or under the personal supervision of a resident of the
other Party in the exercise of the business activity, trade, or profession of that
person;
(b) not be sold or leased or consumed while in its territory;
(c) be accompanied by a security in an amount no greater than the charges
that would otherwise be owed on entry or final importation, releasable on exportation of
the good;
(d) be capable of identification when exported;
(e) be exported on the departure of that person or within such other period
of time as is reasonably related to the purpose of the temporary admission, to a maximum period of three years from the date of importation;
(f) be imported in no greater quantity than is reasonable for its intended
use; and
(g) be otherwise admissible into the Party�s territory under its laws.
3. If any condition that a Party imposes under paragraph 2 has not been
fulfilled, the Party may apply the customs duty and any other charge that would normally be owed
on entry or final importation of the good.
4. Each Party, through its Customs authorities, shall adopt procedures
providing for the expeditious release of the goods described in paragraph 1. To the extent
possible, when such goods accompany a resident of the other Party seeking temporary entry, and
are imported by that person for use in the exercise of a business activity, trade, or profession
of that person, the procedures shall allow for the goods to be released simultaneously with the
entry of that person subject to the necessary documentation required by the Customs authorities of
the importing Party.
5. Each Party shall, at the request of the person concerned and for reasons
deemed valid by its Customs authorities, extend the time limit for temporary admission beyond
the period initially fixed.
6. Each Party shall permit temporarily admitted goods to be exported through
a customs port other than that through which they were imported.
7. Each Party shall relieve the importer of liability for failure to export a
temporarily admitted good upon presentation of satisfactory proof to the Party�s Customs
authorities that the good has been destroyed within the original time limit for temporary
admission or any lawful extension. Prior approval will have to be sought from the Customs authorities
of the importing Party before the good can be so destroyed.
ARTICLE 2.6 :
GOODS RE-ENTERED
AFTER REPAIR OR ALTERATION
1. A Party shall not apply a customs duty to a good, regardless of its
origin, that re-enters its territory after that good has been exported temporarily from its territory to
the territory of the other Party for repair or alteration, regardless of whether such repair or
alteration could be performed in its territory.
2. A Party shall not apply a customs duty to a good, regardless of its
origin, imported temporarily from the territory of the other Party for repair or alteration.
3. For purposes of this Article:
(a) the repairs or alterations shall not destroy the essential
characteristics of the good, or change it into a different commercial item;
(b) operations carried out to transform unfinished goods into finished goods
shall not be considered repairs or alterations; and
(c) parts or pieces of the goods may be subject to repairs or alterations.
ARTICLE 2.7 :
IMPORT AND EXPORT RESTRICTIONS
1. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Party shall not adopt or
maintain any prohibition or restriction on the importation of any good of the other Party
or on the exportation or sale for export of any good destined for the territory of the other Party,
except in accordance with Article XI of GATT 1994, including its interpretative notes, and to this
end Article XI of GATT 1994, including its interpretative notes, is incorporated into and made
a part of this Agreement.
2. The Parties understand that the GATT 1994 rights and obligations
incorporated by paragraph 1 prohibit, in any circumstances in which any other form of
restriction is prohibited, export price requirements and, except as permitted in enforcement of
countervailing and antidumping orders and undertakings, import price requirements.
3. In the event that a Party adopts or maintains a prohibition or restriction
on the importation from or exportation to a non-Party of a good, nothing in this
Agreement shall be construed to prevent the Party from:
(a) limiting or prohibiting the importation from the territory of the other
Party of such good of that non-Party; or
(b) requiring as a condition of export of such good of the Party to the
territory of the other Party, that the good not be re-exported to the non-Party, directly or indirectly, without being consumed in the territory of the other Party.
4. Paragraphs 1 through 3 shall not apply to the measures set out in Annex
2A.
5. Nothing in this Article shall be construed to affect a Party�s rights and
obligations under the WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing.
ARTICLE 2.8 :
MERCHANDISE PROCESSING FEE
A Party shall not adopt or maintain a merchandise processing fee for
originating goods.
ARTICLE 2.9 :
DISTILLED SPIRITS
Singapore shall harmonize its excise taxes on imported and domestic distilled
spirits. Such harmonization of the aforesaid excise duties shall be carried out in stages
and shall be completed by 2005.
ARTICLE 2.10 :
BROADCASTING APPARATUS
A Party shall not maintain any import ban on broadcasting apparatus,
including satellite dishes.
ARTICLE 2.11 :
CHEWING GUM
Singapore shall allow the importation of chewing gum with therapeutic value
for sale and supply, and may subject such products to laws and regulations relating to
health products.
ARTICLE 2.12 :
TARIFF TREATMENT OF NON-ORIGINATING
COTTON AND MAN-MADE
FIBER APPAREL GOODS (TARIFF
PREFERENCE LEVELS)
1. Subject to paragraphs 3 and 4, the United States shall apply the
applicable rate of duty under paragraph 2 to imports of cotton or man-made fiber apparel goods
provided for in Chapters 61 and 62 of the Harmonized System and covered by the U.S.
categories listed in Annex 2B that are both cut (or knit to shape) and sewn or otherwise assembled
in Singapore from fabric or yarn produced or obtained outside the territory of a Party,
and that meet the applicable conditions for preferential tariff treatment under this Agreement,
other than the condition that they be originating goods.
2. The rate of duty applicable to goods described in paragraph 1 is the
United States most-favored- nation rate of duty reduced in five equal annual increments, beginning on the
date this Article enters into force, such that the rate of duty shall be zero beginning
on the first day of the fifth year after that date .
3. Paragraph 1 shall not apply to imports of goods described in that
paragraph in quantities greater than:
(a) 25,000,000 square meter equivalents ("SME") in the first year following
entry into force of this Article;
(b) 21,875,000 SME in the second year following entry into force of this
Article;
(c) 18,750,000 SME in the third year following entry into force of this
Article;
(d) 15,625,000 SME in the fourth year following entry into force of this
Article;
(e) 12,500,000 SME in the fifth year following entry into force of this
Article;
(f) 9,375,000 SME in the sixth year following entry into force of this
Article;
(g) 6,250,000 SME in the seventh year following entry into force of this
Article; and
(h) 3,125,000 SME in the eighth year following entry into force of this
Article.
For purposes of this paragraph, quantities of textile and apparel goods shall
be converted into SME according to the conversion factors set forth in Annex 2D.
4. This Article shall cease to apply beginning on the date that is nine years
after entry into force of this Article.
ARTICLE 2.13 :
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter, customs
duty includes any customs or import duty and a charge of any kind imposed in connection with the importation of a good, including any
form of surtax or surcharge in connection with such importation, but does not include any:
(a) charge equivalent to an internal tax imposed consistently with Article
III:2 of GATT 1994 in respect of the like domestic good or in respect of goods from which the imported good has been manufactured or produced in whole or in
part;
(b) antidumping or countervailing duty that is applied pursuant to a Party�s
domestic law;
(c) fee or other charge in connection with importation commensurate with the
cost of services rendered; or
(d) duty imposed pursuant to Article 5 of the WTO Agreement on Agriculture.
ANNEX 2A
APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 2 :
NATIONAL TREATMENT AND MARKET ACCESS FOR
GOODS
Articles 2.1, 2.2, and 2.7 shall not apply to:
(a) controls by the United States on the export of logs of all species;
(b) (i) measures under existing provisions of the Merchant Marine Act of
1920, 46 App. U.S.C. � 883; the Passenger Vessel Act, 46 App. U.S.C. �� 289, 292 and 316; and 46 U.S.C. � 12108, to the extent that such measures were mandatory legislation at the time of the United States� accession to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1947 and have not been amended so as to decrease their conformity with Part II of GATT 1947;
(ii) the continuation or prompt renewal of a non-conforming provision of any statute referred to in clause (i); and
(iii) the amendment to a non-conforming provision of any statute referred to
in subparagraph (b)(i) to the extent that the amendment does not decrease the conformity of the provision with Articles 2.1 and 2.7;
(c) actions authorized by the Dispute Settlement Body of the WTO.
ANNEX 2B
The U.S. Schedule to Annex 2B attached as a separate volume.
ANNEX 2C
The Singapore Schedule to Annex 2C attached as a separate volume.
ANNEX 2D
CONVERSION FACTORS
The following conversion factors shall be used to calculate quantities in SME
for purposes of Article 2.12.
U.S. Category
|
Conversion
Factor |
Description |
Primary Unit
of
Measure |
237 |
19.20 |
PLAYSUITS, SUNSUITS, ETC |
DZ |
239
|
6.30
|
BABIES'
GARMENTS & CLOTHING
ACCESS. |
KG |
330 |
1.40
|
COTTON
HANDKERCHIEFS |
DZ |
331 |
2.90
|
COTTON
GLOVES AND MITTENS |
DPR |
332 |
3.80
|
COTTON
HOSIERY |
DPR |
333 |
30.30 |
M&B SUITTYPE COATS, COTTON |
DZ |
334 |
34.50
|
OTHER
M&B COATS, COTTON |
DZ |
335 |
34.50 |
W&G COTTON COATS |
DZ |
336 |
37.90 |
COTTON DRESSES |
DZ |
338 |
6.00 |
M&B COTTON KNIT SHIRTS |
DZ |
339 |
6.00 |
W&G COTTON KNIT SHIRTS/BLOUSES |
DZ |
340 |
20.10 |
M&B COTTON SHIRTS, NOT KNIT |
DZ |
341
|
12.10 |
W&G COTTON SHIRTS/BLOUSES, NOT
KNIT |
DZ |
342 |
14.90 |
COTTON SKIRTS |
DZ |
345 |
30.80 |
COTTON SWEATERS |
DZ |
347
|
14.90 |
M&B COTTON
TROUSERS/BREECHES/SHORTS |
DZ |
348
|
14.90 |
W&G COTTON
TROUSERS/BREECHES/SHORTS
|
DZ |
349 |
4.00 |
BRASSIERES, OTHER
BODY SUPPORT GARMENTS
|
DZ |
350 |
42.60 |
COTTON DRESSING
GOWNS, ROBES ETC. |
DZ |
351 |
43.50 |
COTTON
NIGHTWEAR/PAJAMAS |
DZ |
352 |
9.20 |
COTTON UNDERWEAR |
DZ |
353 |
34.50 |
M&B COTTON
DOWNFILLED COATS |
DZ |
354 |
34.50 |
W&G COTTON
DOWNFILLED COATS |
DZ |
359 |
8.50 |
OTHER COTTON
APPAREL |
KG |
630 |
1.40 |
MMF HANDKERCHIEFS |
DZ |
631 |
2.90 |
MMF GLOVES AND
MITTENS |
DPR |
632 |
3.80 |
MMF HOSIERY |
DPR |
633 |
30.30 |
M&B MMF SUITTYPE
COATS |
DZ |
634 |
34.50 |
OTHER M&B MMF COATS |
DZ |
635 |
34.50 |
W&G MMF COATS |
DZ |
636 |
37.90 |
MMF DRESSES |
DZ |
638 |
15.00 |
M&B MMF KNIT SHIRTS |
DZ |
639 |
12.50 |
W&G MMF KNIT SHIRTS
& BLOUSES |
DZ |
640 |
20.10 |
M&B NOT-KNIT MMF
SHIRTS |
DZ |
641 |
12.10 |
W&G NOT-KNIT MMF
SHIRTS & BLOUSES |
DZ |
642 |
14.90 |
MMF SKIRTS |
DZ |
643 |
3.76 |
M&B MMF SUITS |
NO |
644 |
3.76 |
W&G MMF SUITS |
NO |
645 |
30.80 |
M&B MMF
SWEATERS |
DZ |
646 |
30.80 |
W&G MMF SWEATERS |
DZ |
647 |
14.90 |
M&B MMF
TROUSERS/BREECHES/SHORTS |
DZ |
648 |
14.90 |
W&G MMF
TROUSERS/BREECHES/SHORTS |
DZ |
649 |
4.00 |
MMF BRAS & OTHER BODY SUPPORT GARMENTS |
DZ |
650 |
42.60 |
MMF ROBES, DRESSING
GOWNS, ETC. |
DZ |
651 |
43.50 |
MMF NIGHTWEAR &
PAJAMAS |
DZ |
652 |
13.40 |
MMF
UNDERWEAR |
DZ |
653 |
34.50 |
M&B MMF DOWNFILLED
COATS |
DZ |
654 |
34.50 |
W&G MMF DOWNFILLED
COATS |
DZ |
659 |
14.40 |
OTHER MMF APPAREL |
KG |
CHAPTER 3 : RULES OF ORIGIN
SECTION A :
ORIGIN DETERMINATION
ARTICLE 3.1 :
ORIGINATING GOODS
For purposes of this Agreement, an
originating good means a good:
(a) wholly obtained or produced entirely in the territory of one or both of
the Parties;
or
(b) that has satisfied the requirements specified in Annex 3A; or
(c) otherwise provided as an originating good under this Chapter.
ARTICLE 3.2 :
TREATMENT OF CERTAIN PRODUCTS
1. Each Party shall provide that a good listed in Annex 3B is an originating
good when imported into its territory from the territory of the other Party.
2. Within six months after entry into force of this Agreement, the Parties
shall meet to explore the expansion of the product coverage of Annex 3B. The Parties shall
consult regularly to review the operation of this Article and consider the addition of goods to
Annex 3B.
ARTICLE 3.3 :
DE MINIMIS
1. Each Party shall provide that a good that does not undergo a change in
tariff classification pursuant to Annex 3A is nonetheless an originating good if:
(a) the value of all non-originating materials used in the production of the
good that do not undergo the required change in tariff classification does not exceed
10 percent of the adjusted value of the good; and
(b) the good meets all other applicable criteria set forth in this Chapter
for qualifying as an originating good.
The value of such non-originating materials shall, however, be included in
the value of non-originating materials for any applicable regional value content requirement for the good.
2. Paragraph 1 does not apply to:
(a) a non-originating material provided for in chapter 4 of the Harmonized
System or in subheading 1901.90 that is used in the production of a good provided for
in chapter 4 of the Harmonized System;
(b) a non-originating material provided for in chapter 4 of the Harmonized
System or in subheading 1901.90 that is used in the production of a good provided for
in the following provisions: subheadings 1901.10, 1901.20 or 1901.90; heading 2105; or subheadings 2106.90, 2202.90, or 2309.90;
(c) a non-originating material provided for in heading 0805 or subheadings
2009.11 through 2009.30 that is used in the production of a good provided for in subheadings 2009.11 through 2009.30, or subheadings 2106.90 or 2202.90;
(d) a non-originating material provided for in chapter 15 of the Harmonized
System that is used in the production of a good provided for in headings 1501
through 1508, 1512, 1514 or 1515;
(e) a non-originating material provided for in heading 1701 that is used in
the production of a good provided for in headings 1701 through 1703;
(f) a non-originating material provided for in chapter 17 of the Harmonized
System or heading 1805 that is used in the production of a good provided for in subheading 1806.10;
(g) a non-originating material provided for in headings 2203 through 2208
that is used in the production of a good provided for in headings 2207 or 2208; and
(h) a non-originating material used in the production of a good provided for
in Chapters 1 through 21 of the Harmonized System unless the non-originating material is provided for in a different subheading than the good for which
origin is being determined under this Article.
For purposes of this paragraph,
heading and subheading mean,
respectively, a heading and subheading of the Harmonized System.
3. A textile or apparel good provided for in Chapters 50 through 63 of the
Harmonized System that is not an originating good, because certain fibers or yarns used
in the production of the component of the good that determines the tariff classification of the
good do not undergo an applicable change in tariff classification set out in Annex 3A, shall
nonetheless be considered to be an originating good if the total weight of all such fibers or yarns in
that component is not more than seven percent of the total weight of that component.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a textile or apparel good containing elastomeric yarns in the
component of the good that determines the tariff classification of the good shall be an originating
good only if such yarns are wholly formed in the territory of a Party.
ARTICLE 3.4 :
ACCUMULATION
1. Originating materials from the territory of a Party, used in the
production of a good in the territory of the other Party, shall be considered to originate in the
territory of the other Party.
2. A good is an originating good when it is produced in the territory of one
or both Parties by one or more producers, provided that the good satisfies the requirements
in Article 3.1 and all other applicable requirements of this Chapter.
ARTICLE 3.5 :
REGIONAL VALUE CONTENT
Where Annex 3A refers to a regional value content, each Party shall provide
that the regional value content of a good shall be calculated on the basis of one of the
following methods:
(a) |
Build-down Method
RVC = AV - VNM x 100
AV
where
RVC is the regional value content, expressed as a percentage;
AV is the adjusted value, and
VNM is the value of non-originating materials that are acquired and used
by the producer in the production of the good.
|
(b) |
Build-up Method
RVC = VOM x 100
AV
where
RVC is the regional value content, expressed as a percentage;
AV is the adjusted value; and
VOM is the value of originating materials that are acquired or
self-produced, and
used by the producer in the production of the good.
|
ARTICLE 3.6 :
VALUE OF MATERIALS
1. Each Party shall provide that for purposes of calculating the regional
value content of a good and for purposes of applying the de minimis rule, the value of a
material is:
(a) for a material imported by the producer of the good, the adjusted value
of the material;
(b) for a material acquired in the territory where the good is produced,
except for materials within the meaning of subparagraph (c), the adjusted value of the material; or
(c) for a material that is self-produced, or where the relationship between
the producer of the good and the seller of the material influenced the price
actually paid or payable for the material, including a material obtained without
charge, the sum of:
(i) all expenses incurred in the production of the material, including
general expenses; and
(ii) an amount for profit.
2. Each Party shall provide that the value of materials may be adjusted as
follows:
(a) for originating materials, the following expenses may be added to the
value of the material if not included under paragraph 1:
(i) the costs of freight, insurance, packing, and all other costs incurred in transporting the material to the location of the producer;
(ii) duties, taxes and customs brokerage fees on the material paid in the territory of one or more of the Parties, other than duties and taxes that are waived, refunded, refundable or otherwise recoverable, including credit against duty or tax paid or payable; and
(iii) the cost of waste and spoilage resulting from the use of the material
in the production of the good, less the value of renewable scrap or by-product; and
(b) for non-originating materials, where included under paragraph 1, the
following expenses may be deducted from the value of the material:
(i) the costs of freight, insurance, packing, and all other costs incurred in transporting the material to the location of the producer;
ii) duties, taxes, and customs brokerage fees on the material paid in the territory of one or more of the Parties, other than duties and taxes that are waived, refunded, refundable, or otherwise recoverable, including credit against duty or tax paid or payable;
(iii) the cost of waste and spoilage resulting from the use of the material
in the production of the good, less the value of renewable scrap or by-products;
(iv) the cost of processing incurred in the territory of a Party in the
production of the non-originating material; and
(v) the cost of originating materials used in the production of the
non-originating material in the territory of a Party.
ARTICLE 3.7 :
ACCESSORIES,
SPARE PARTS,
AND TOOLS
Each Party shall provide that accessories, spare parts, or tools delivered
with a good that form part of the good's standard accessories, spare parts, or tools, shall be
treated as originating goods if the good is an originating good, and shall be disregarded in determining
whether all the non-originating materials used in the production of the good undergo the applicable change in
tariff classification, provided that:
(a) the accessories, spare parts, or tools are not invoiced separately from
the good;
(b) the quantities and value of the accessories, spare parts, or tools are
customary for the good; and
(c) if the good is subject to a regional value content requirement, the value
of the accessories, spare parts, or tools shall be taken into account as originating
or non-originating materials, as the case may be, in calculating the regional value content of the good.
ARTICLE 3.8 :
FUNGIBLE GOODS AND MATERIALS
1. Each Party shall provide that the determination of whether fungible goods
or materials are originating goods shall be made either by physical segregation of each
good or material or through the use of any inventory management method, such as averaging,
last-in, first-out, or first-in, first out, recognized in the generally accepted accounting
principles of the Party in which the production is performed or otherwise accepted by the Party in which the
production is performed.
2. Each Party shall provide that that an inventory management method selected
under paragraph 1 for particular fungible goods or materials shall continue to be
used for those fungible goods or materials throughout the fiscal year of the person that selected the
inventory management method.
ARTICLE 3.9 :
PACKAGING MATERIALS AND CONTAINERS FOR
RETAIL SALE
Each Party shall provide that packaging materials and containers in which a
good is packaged for retail sale, if classified with the good, shall be disregarded in determining
whether all the non-originating materials used in the production of the good undergo the applicable change in
tariff classification set out in Annex 3A and, if the good is subject to a regional
value-content requirement, the value of such packaging materials and containers shall be
taken into account as originating or non-originating materials, as the case may be, in calculating
the regional value content of the good.
ARTICLE 3.10 :
PACKING MATERIALS AND CONTAINERS FOR
SHIPMENT
Each Party shall provide that packing materials and containers in which a
good is packed for shipment shall be disregarded in determining whether:
(a) the non-originating materials used in the production of the good undergo
an applicable change in tariff classification set out in Annex 3A; and
(b) the good satisfies a regional value content requirement.
ARTICLE 3.11 :
INDIRECT MATERIALS
Each Party shall provide that an indirect material shall be treated as an
originating material without regard to where it is produced and its value shall be the cost
registered in the accounting records of the producer of the good.
ARTICLE 3.12 :
THIRD COUNTRY TRANSPORTATION
A good shall not be considered to be an originating good if the good
undergoes subsequent production or any other operation outside the territories of the Parties,
other than unloading, reloading, or any other operation necessary to preserve it in good condition
or to transport the good to the territory of a Party.
SECTION B :
SUPPORTING INFORMATION AND VERIFICATION
ARTICLE 3.13 :
CLAIMS FOR PREFERENTIAL TREATMENT
1. Each Party shall provide that an importer may make a claim for
preferential treatment under this Agreement based on the importer�s knowledge or on information in
the importer�s possession that the good qualifies as an originating good.
2. Each Party may require that an importer be prepared to submit, upon
request, a statement setting forth the reasons that the good qualifies as an originating good,
including pertinent cost and manufacturing information. The statement need not be in a prescribed
format, and may be submitted electronically, where feasible.
ARTICLE 3.14 :
OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO IMPORTATIONS
1. Each Party shall grant any claim for preferential treatment under this
Agreement made in accordance with this Section, unless the Party possesses information that the
claim is invalid.
2. A Party may deny preferential treatment under this Agreement to an
imported good if the importer fails to comply with any requirement of this Chapter.
3. If a Party denies a claim for preferential treatment under this Agreement,
it shall issue a written determination containing findings of fact and the legal basis for the
determination.
4. The importing Party shall not subject an importer to any penalty for
making an invalid claim for preferential treatment if the importer:
(a) upon becoming aware that such claim is not valid, promptly and
voluntarily corrects the claim and pays any duty owing; and
(b) in any event, corrects the claim and pays any duty owing within a period determined by the Party, which shall be at least one year from submission of
the invalid claim.
ARTICLE 3.15 :
RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENT
Each Party may require that importers maintain for up to five years after the
date of importation records relating to the importation of the good, and may require that an
importer provide, upon request, records which are necessary to demonstrate that a good qualifies as
an originating good, as stipulated in Article 3.13.2, including records concerning:
(a) the purchase of, cost of, value of, and payment for, the good;
(b) the purchase of, cost of, value of, and payment for, all materials,
including indirect materials, used in the production of the good; and
(c) the production of the good in the form in which the good is exported.
ARTICLE 3.16 :
VERIFICATION
For purposes of determining whether a good imported into its territory from
the territory of the other Party qualifies as an originating good, a Party may conduct a
verification by means of:
(a) requests for information from the importer;
(b) written requests for information to an exporter or a producer in the
territory of the other Party;
(c) requests for the importer to arrange for the producer or exporter to
provide information directly to the Party conducting the verification;
(d) information received directly by the importing Party from an exporter or
a producer as a result of a process described in Article 3.13.2;
(e) visits to the premises of an exporter or a producer in the territory of
the other Party, in accordance with any procedures that the Parties jointly adopt
pertaining to the verification; or
(f) such other procedures as the Parties may agree.
ARTICLE 3.17:
CERTAIN APPAREL GOODS
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the United States
shall consider an apparel good listed in Chapter 61 or 62 of Annex 3A to be an originating good
if it is both cut (or knit to shape) and sewn or otherwise assembled in one or both Parties from
fabric or yarn, regardless of origin, designated by the appropriate U.S. government authority
as fabric or yarn not available in commercial quantities in a timely manner in the United
States. Such designation must have been made in a notice published in the Federal Register of the
United States identifying apparel goods made from such fabric or yarn as eligible for entry
into the United States under subheading 9819.11.24 or 9820.11.27 of the Harmonized Tariff
Schedule of the United States as of November 15, 2002. For purposes of this Article,
reference in such a notice to yarn or fabric formed in the United States shall be deemed to include yarn
or fabric formed in either Party.
SECTION C :
CONSULTATION AND MODIFICATIONS
ARTICLE 3.18 :
CONSULTATION AND MODIFICATIONS
1. The Parties shall consult and cooperate to ensure that this Chapter is
applied in an effective and uniform manner.
2. The Parties shall consult regularly to discuss necessary amendments to
this Chapter and its Annexes, taking into account developments in technology, production
processes, and other related matters, pursuant to Article 20.3 (Consultations).
3. Within six months after entry into force of this Agreement, the Parties
shall meet:
(a) to consider possible modifications to Annex 3A, including an assessment
of the operation and use of the RVC;
(b) the addition of products to Annex 3B; and
(c) to review and consider possible modifications to Annex 3C.
4.
(a) On the request of either Party, the Parties shall consult:
(i) to consider whether the rules of origin applicable to particular textile
or apparel goods under this Chapter should be revised to address availability of supply of fibers, yarns or fabrics in the territories of the Parties; or
(ii) to review the rules of origin applicable to particular textile or
apparel goods in light of
(A) the effects of increasing global competition,
(B) the termination of the WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing and the full integration of the textile and apparel sector into GATT 1994, and
(C) eventual harmonization of rules of origin pursuant to Part IV of the WTO Agreement on Rules of Origin.
(b) In the consultations referred to in subparagraph (a)(i), each Party shall
consider all data presented by the other Party showing substantial production in its
territory of a particular fiber, yarn or fabric. The Parties shall consider that
substantial production has been shown if a Party demonstrates that its domestic producers
are capable of supplying commercial quantities of the fiber, yarn or fabric in a
timely manner.
(c) The Parties shall endeavor to conclude consultations under subparagraph
(a)(i) within 60 days of receipt of a request by one Party from the other Party. An amended rule of origin agreed to by the Parties shall supersede any prior
rule of origin under this Agreement for the textile or apparel goods at issue, on
approval by the Parties in accordance with Article 21.8 (Amendments).
(d) In consultations under subparagraph (a)(ii), the Parties shall give
particular consideration to operative rules in other economic association or integration agreements and developments relating to textile and apparel production and
trade.
SECTION D :
DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE 3.19 :
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. adjusted value means the value
determined under Articles 1 through 8, Article 15, and the corresponding interpretative notes of the Customs Valuation Agreement, as
adjusted to exclude any costs, charges, or expenses incurred for transportation,
insurance, and related services incident to the international shipment of the merchandise from the
country of exportation to the place of importation;
2. fungible goods or materials
means goods or materials that are interchangeable for commercial purposes and whose properties are essentially identical;
3. generally accepted accounting
principles means the recognized consensus or substantial authoritative support in the territory of a Party, with respect
to the recording of revenues, expenses, costs, assets, and liabilities, the disclosure of
information and the preparation of financial statements. These standards may encompass broad guidelines of
general application as well as detailed standards, practices, and procedures;
4. goods wholly obtained or produced
entirely in the territory of one or both of the Parties means goods that are:
(a) mineral goods extracted there;
(b) vegetable goods, as such goods are defined in the Harmonized System,
harvested there;
(c) live animals born and raised there;
(d) goods obtained from hunting, trapping, fishing, or aquaculture conducted
there;
(e) goods (fish, shellfish, and other marine life) take n from the sea by
vessels registered or recorded with a Party and flying its flag;
(f) goods produced exclusively from products referred to in paragraph (e) on
board factory ships registered or recorded with a Party and flying its flag;
(g) goods taken by a Party, or a person of a Party, from the seabed or
beneath the seabed outside territorial waters, provided that the Party has rights to
exploit such seabed;
(h) goods taken from outer space, provided they are obtained by a Party or a
person of a Party and not processed in the territory of a non-Party;
(i) waste and scrap derived from
(i) production there; or
(ii) used goods collected there, provided such goods are fit only for the recovery of raw materials;
(j) recovered goods derived there from used goods; or
(k) goods produced there exclusively from goods referred to in (a) through
(i) above, or from their derivatives, at any stage of production.
5. Harmonized System means the
Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System;
6. indirect material means a good
used in the production, testing or inspection of a good but not physically incorporated into the good, or a good used in the
maintenance of buildings or the operation of equipment associated with the production of a good,
including:
(a) fuel and energy;
(b) tools, dies, and molds;
(c) spare parts and materials used in the maintenance of equipment and
buildings;
(d) lubricants, greases, compounding materials, and other materials used in production or used to operate equipment and buildings;
(e) gloves, glasses, footwear, clothing, safety equipment, and supplies;
(f) equipment, devices, and supplies used for testing or inspecting the
goods;
(g) catalysts and solvents; and
(h) any other goods that are not incorporated into the good but whose use in
the production of the good can reasonably be demonstrated to be a part of that production;
7. material means a good that is
used in the production of another good;
8. material that is self-produced
means a good, such as a part or ingredient, produced by the producer and used by the producer in the production of another good
9. non-originating material means
a material that has not satisfied the requirements of this Chapter;
10. preferential treatment means
the customs duty rate and treatment under Article 2.8 (Merchandise Processing Fee) that is applicable to an originating good
pursuant to this Agreement;
11. producer means a person who
grows, raises, mines, harvests, fishes, traps, hunts, manufactures, processes, assembles or disassembles a good;
12. production means growing,
raising, mining, harvesting, fishing, trapping, hunting, manufacturing, processing, assembling or disassembling a good;
13. recovered goods means
materials in the form of individual parts that result from:
(a) the complete disassembly of used goods into individual parts; and
(b) the cleaning, inspecting, or testing, and as necessary for improvement to
sound working condition one or more of the following processes: welding, flame spraying, surface machining, knurling, plating, sleeving, and rewinding in
order for such parts to be assembled with other parts, including other recovered
parts in the production of a remanufactured good of Annex 3C;
14. remanufactured good means an
industrial good assembled in the territory of a Party, designated under Annex 3C, that:
(a) is entirely or partially comprised of recovered goods;
(b) has the same life expectancy and meets the same performance standards as
a new good; and
(c) enjoys the same factory warranty as such a new good; and
15. used means used or consumed in
the production of goods.
SECTION E :
APPLICATION AND INTERPRETATION
ARTICLE 3.19 :
APPLICATION AND INTERPRETATION
For purposes of this Chapter:
(a) the basis for tariff classification is the Harmonized System;
(b) any cost and value referred to in this Chapter shall be recorded and
maintained in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles applicable in
the territory of the Party in which the good is produced.
ANNEX 3A
PRODUCT- SPECIFIC
RULES
Annex 3A is attached as a separate volume.
ANNEX 3B
INTEGRATED SOURCING INITIATIVE
Annex 3B is attached as a separate volume.
ANNEX 3C
REMANUFACTURED PRODUCTS
Annex 3C is attached as a separate volume.
CHAPTER 4 : CUSTOMS ADMINISTRATION
ARTICLE 4.1 :
PUBLICATION AND NOTIFICATION
1. Each Party shall ensure that its laws, regulations, guidelines,
procedures, and administrative rulings governing customs matters are promptly published,
either on the Internet or in print form.
2. Each Party shall designate, establish, and maintain one or more inquiry
points to address inquiries from interested persons pertaining to customs matters, and shall
make available on the Internet information concerning procedures for making such inquiries.
3. To the extent possible, each Party shall:
(a) publish in advance any regulation governing customs matters that it
proposes to adopt; and
(b) provide interested persons and the other Party a reasonable opportunity
to comment on such proposed regulations.
4. Nothing in this Article shall require a Party to publish law enforcement
procedures and internal operational guidelines including those related to conducting risk
analysis and targeting technologies, if the Party considers that publication would impede law
enforcement.
ARTICLE 4.2 :
ADMINISTRATION
1. Each Party shall administer in a uniform, impartial, and reasonable manner
all its laws, regulations, decisions, and rulings governing customs matters.
2. Each Party shall ensure that its laws and regulations governing customs
matters are not prepared, adopted, or applied with a view to or with the effect of creating
arbitrary or unwarranted procedural obstacles to international trade.
ARTICLE 4.3 :
ADVANCE RULINGS
1. Each Party shall provide for the issuance of written advance rulings to a
person described in subparagraph 2(a) concerning tariff classification, questions arising from
the application of the Customs Valuation Agreement, country of origin, and the qualification of a
good as an originating good under this Agreement.
2. Each Party shall adopt or maintain procedures for the issuance of advance
rulings that:
(a) provide that an importer in its territory or an exporter or producer in
the territory of the other Party may request such a ruling prior to the importation in
question;
(b) include a detailed description of the information required to process a
request for an advance ruling; and
(c) provide that the advance ruling be based on the facts and circumstances
presented by the person requesting the ruling.
3. Each Party shall provide that its customs authorities:
(a) may request, at any time during the course of evaluating a request for an
advance ruling, additional information necessary to evaluate the request;
(b) shall issue the advance ruling expeditiously, and within 120 days after
obtaining all necessary information; and
(c) shall provide, upon request of the person who requested the advance
ruling, a full explanation of the reasons for the ruling.
4. Subject to paragraph 5, each Party shall apply an advance ruling to
importations into its territory beginning on the date of issuance of the ruling or such date as
may be specified in the ruling. The treatment provided by the advance ruling shall be applied to
importations without regard to the identity of the importer, exporter, or producer, provided that
the facts and circumstances are identical in all material respects.
5. A Party may modify or revoke an advance ruling upon a determination that
the ruling was based on an error of fact or law, or if there is a change in law
consistent with this Agreement, a material fact, or circumstances on which the ruling is based.
The issuing Party shall postpone the effective date of such modification or revocation for a
period of not less than 60 days where the person to whom the ruling was issued has relied in good
faith on that ruling.
ARTICLE 4.4 :
REVIEW AND APPEAL
1. With respect to determinations relating to customs matters, each Party
shall provide that importers in its territory have access to:
(a) at least one level of administrative review of determinations by its
customs authorities independent of the official or office responsible for the
decision under review;4-1 and
(b) judicial review of decisions taken at the final level of administrative
review.
ARTICLE 4.5 :
COOPERATION
1. Each Party shall endeavor to provide the other Party with advance notice
of any significant modification of administrative policy or other similar
development related to its laws or regulations governing importations that is likely to substantially affect
the operation of this Agreement.
2. The Parties shall through their competent authorities and in accordance
with this Chapter, cooperate in achieving compliance with their respective laws or regulations
governing importations pertaining to:
(a) implementation and operation of this Agreement;
(b) restrictions and prohibitions on imports or exports;
(c) other issues that the Parties may agree.
3. Where a Party has a reasonable suspicion of unlawful activity related to
its laws or regulations governing importations, it may request the other Party to provide
the following types of information pertaining to trade transactions relevant to that activity
that took place no more than five years before the date of the request, or from the date of discovery
of the apparent offense in cases of fraud and in other cases on which the Parties may agree:
(a) the name and address of the importer, exporter, manufacturer, buyer,
vendor, broker, or transporter;
(b) shipping information relating to container number, size, port of loading
before arrival, destination port after departure, name of vessel and carrier, the
country of origin, place of export, mode of transportation, port of entry of the goods,
and cargo description; and
(c) classification number, quantity, unit of measure, declared value, and
tariff treatment.
The requesting Party shall make its request in writing; shall specify the
grounds for reasonable suspicion and the purposes for which the information is sought; and shall
identify the requested information with sufficient specificity for the other party to locate and
provide the information. For example, the requesting Party may identify the importer, exporter,
country of origin, the time period, port or ports of entry, cargo description, or Harmonized System
number applicable to the importation or exportation in question.
4. For purposes of paragraph 3, a reasonable suspicion of unlawful activity
means a suspicion based on one or more of the following types of relevant factual
information obtained from public or private sources:
(a) historical evidence that a specific importer, exporter, manufacturer,
producer, or other company involved in the movement of goods from the territory of one
Party to the territory of the other Party has not complied with a Party�s laws or regulations governing importations;
(b) historical evidence that some or all of the enterprises involved in the
movement from the territory of one Party to the territory of the other Party of goods
within a specific product sector where goods are moving from the territory of one
Party to the territory of the other Party has not complied with a Party�s laws or
regulations governing importations; or
(c) other information that the Parties agree is sufficient in the context of
a particular request.
5. The other Party shall respond by providing available information that is
material to the request.
6. Each Party shall also endeavor to provide the other Party with any other
information that would assist in determining whether imports from or exports to the other
Party are in compliance with applicable domestic laws or regulations governing importations,
including those related to the prevention or investigation of unlawful shipments.
7. The Parties shall endeavor to provide each other technical advice and
assistance for the purpose of improving risk assessment techniques, simplifying and expediting
customs procedures, advancing the technical skill of personnel, and enhancing the use
of technologies that can lead to improved compliance with laws or regulations governing
importations.
8. The Parties shall use their best efforts to explore additional avenues of
cooperation for the purpose of enhancing each Party�s ability to enforce its laws or regulations
governing importations, including by examining the establishment and maintenance of
other channels of communication to facilitate the secure and rapid exchange of information, and
considering efforts to improve effective coordination on importation issues, building
upon the mechanisms established in this Article and the cooperation established under any other
relevant agreements.
ARTICLE 4.6 :
CONFIDENTIALITY
1. Where a Party providing information to the other Party in accordance with
this Chapter designates the information as confidential, the other Party shall maintain
the confidentiality of the information. The Party providing the information may require written
assurances from the other Party prior to forwarding information that such information will be
held in confidence, used only for the purposes requested, and not disclosed without specific
permission of the Party providing the information, in accordance with its laws and regulations,
except where the Parties agree that the information may be used or disclosed for law enforcement
purposes or in the context of judicial proceedings.
2. A Party may decline to provide information requested by the other Party
where the other Party has failed to act in conformity with the assurances referred to in
paragraph 1.
3. Each Party shall maintain procedures to ensure that confidential information, including information the disclosure of which could prejudice the competitive position
of the person providing the information, submitted in connection with the
Party�s administration of its import and export laws is entitled to treatment as
confidential information and protected from unauthorized disclosure.
ARTICLE
4.7 : PENALTIES
Each Party shall adopt or maintain measures that provide for the
imposition of civil or
administrative penalties and, where appropriate, criminal penalties, for
violations of its customs
laws and regulations governing classification, valuation, country of
origin, and eligibility for
preferential treatment under this Agreement. ARTICLE 4.8 : RELEASE AND
SECURITY
1. Each Party shall adopt or maintain procedures:
(a) providing for the release of goods within a period of time no greater
than that
required to ensure compliance with its customs laws;
(b) allowing, to the extent possible, goods to be released within 48 hours
of arrival;
(c) allowing, to the extent possible, goods to be released at the point of
arrival, without interim transfer to customs warehouses or other
locations; and
(d) allowing importers who have complied with the procedures that the
Party may have relating to the determination of value and payment of duty
to withdraw goods from customs, but may require importers to provide
security as a condition to the release of goods, when such security is
required to ensure that obligations arising from the entry of the goods
will be fulfilled.
2. Each Party shall:
(a) ensure that the amount of any security is no greater than that
required to ensure
that obligations arising from the importation of the goods will be
fulfilled, and,
where applicable, not in excess of the amount chargeable, based on tariff
rates
under domestic and international law, including this Agreement, and on
valuation
in accordance with the Customs Valuation Agreement;
(b) ensure that any security shall be discharged as soon as possible after
its customs
authorities are satisfied that the obligations arising from the
importation of the
goods have been fulfilled; and
(c) shall adopt procedures allowing:
(i) importers to provide security such as bank guarantees, bonds, or other
non-cash financial instruments;
(ii) importers that regularly enter goods to provide security such as
standing
bank guarantees, continuous bonds or other non-cash financial instruments
covering multiple entries; and
(iii) importers to provide security in any other forms specified by its
customs
authorities.
ARTICLE 4.9 :
RISK ASSESSMENT
Each Party shall employ risk management systems that enable its customs
authorities to concentrate inspection activities on high-risk goods and that facilitate the
movement of low-risk goods, including systems which allow for the processing of information
regarding an importation prior to the arrival of the imported goods.
ARTICLE 4.10 :
EXPRESS SHIPMENTS
Each Party shall ensure efficient clearance of all shipments, while
maintaining appropriate control and customs selection. In the event that a Party�s existing system
does not ensure efficient clearance, it should adopt procedures to expedite express
shipments. Such procedures shall:
(a) provide for pre-arrival processing of information related to express
shipments;
(b) permit, as a condition for release, the submission of a single document
in the form that the Party considers appropriate, such as a single manifest or a single declaration, covering all of the goods in the shipment by an express service company, through, if possible, electronic means;
(c) provide, where possible, for deferred payment of duties, taxes, and fees
with appropriate guarantees;
(d) minimize, to the extent possible, the documentation required for the
release of express shipments; and
(e) allow, in normal circumstances, for an express shipment to be released
within six hours of the submission of necessary customs documentation.
ARTICLE 4.11 :
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter, customs
matters means matters pertaining to the classification and valuation of goods for customs duty purposes, rates of duty, country of
origin, and eligibility for preferential treatment under this Agreement, and all other procedural and
substantive requirements, restrictions, and prohibitions on imports or exports, including
such matters pertaining to goods imported or exported by or on behalf of travelers.
Customs matters do not include matters pertaining to antidumping or countervailing duties. CHAPTER 5 : TEXTILES AND APPAREL
ARTICLE 5.1 : SCOPE
1. This Chapter applies to measures adopted or maintained by a Party,
including administrative, judicial, and enforcement actions by a Part y,
and to cooperation between the Parties, relating to trade in textile and apparel goods.
2. Singapore�s obligations under this Chapter with respect to enterprises
cover:
(a) conduct of enterprises in Singapore, including:
(i) production, processing, or manipulation of textile or apparel goods in
its territory, including in a free trade zone,
(ii) importation of such goods into its territory, including into a free
trade zone or
(iii) exportation of such goods from its territory, including from a free
trade zone; and
(b) conduct of enterprises operating under the Outward Processing
Arrangement, as well as maintenance of records and documents by such enterprises in
Singapore that may be relevant to determining the existence or extent of circumvention.
3. In the event of any inconsistency between this Chapter and another Chapter
of this Agreement, this Chapter shall prevail to the extent of the inconsistency.
ARTICLE 5.2 : ANTI-CIRCUMVENTION
1. The details of cooperation on matters relating to textile and apparel
goods are as stated in this Chapter. Each Party shall take necessary and appropriate measures,
including administrative, judicial and enforcement action:
(a) to aggressively enforce its laws relating to circumvention;
(b) to actively cooperate with the other Party in the enforcement of the
other Party�s laws relating to circumvention; and
(c) to prevent circumvention.
2. In furtherance of paragraph 1, each Party shall maintain or adopt laws
that:
(a) authorize its officials to take action to deter circumvention and to
carry out obligations under this Chapter relating to information sharing; and
(b) establish criminal penalties, and civil or administrative
penalties, that effectively deter circumvention.
ARTICLE 5.3 :
MONITORING
1. Singapore shall establish and maintain programs to monitor the
importation, production, exportation, and processing or manipulation in a free trade zone of
textile and apparel goods, as specified in this Article. These programs shall provide the information
necessary for each Party to ascertain whether a violation of its laws relating to trade in
textile and apparel goods or an act of circumvention is occurring or has occurred.
2. Singapore shall institute a registration system covering all
enterprises operating in its territory or operating under the Outward Processing Arrangement and
that are engaged in the production of textile or apparel goods or the export to the United
States of such goods that a person claims as originating goods or marks as products of Singapore.
3. Singapore shall register enterprises under the system described in
paragraph 2 for terms of up to two years, subject to renewals of up to two years at a time.
Singapore shall not authorize a textile or apparel good that a person claims as an originating good
or marks as a product of Singapore to be exported to the United States unless the good is
produced by a registered enterprise and exported by a registered enterprise.
4. Singapore shall establish and maintain a program to verify that
textile and apparel goods that a person claims as originating goods or marks as products of
Singapore and that are exported to the United States are produced by registered enterprises. This
program shall include on-site government inspections of such enterprises at least twice a year and
without prior notice to verify that they comply with laws of Singapore relating to trade in textile
and apparel goods and that their production of and capability to produce such goods are consistent
with claims regarding the origin of such goods. Under this program, Singapore shall provide to
the United States:
(a) within 14 days of the completion of each such inspection, a written
report regarding the results of that inspection, including any conduct
discovered as a result of the inspection that Singapore believes to be a violation of
either Party�s laws relating to circumvention, and
(b) each year, a written report summarizing the results of all such
inspections on an enterprise-by-enterprise basis.
The first report under subparagraph (b) shall be submitted no later
than 12 months after this Chapter takes effect. Singapore shall designate any information in
reports under subparagraph (a) or (b) that it considers to be confidential.
5. For each shipment of textile or apparel goods that a registered
enterprise produces for exportation to the United States or exports to the United States,
Singapore shall require the enterprise to maintain in Singapore records relating to such production
or exportation for a period of five years from the date on which such records are created.
Singapore also shall require each registered enterprise that produces textile or apparel
goods to maintain in Singapore records relating to its production capabilities in general, the number
of persons it employs, and any other records and information sufficient to allow officials of each
Party to verify the enterprise�s production and exportation of textile or apparel goods,
including:
(a) records demonstrating that the materials used to produce or
assemble textile and apparel goods were obtained or produced by the enterprise and were
available for production, such as:
(i) bills of lading from the persons that supplied the materials;
(ii) customs clearance records or equivalent records if the materials
were imported into Singapore; and
(iii) transaction records, including:
(A) commercial invoices, if the materials were purchased,
(B) transfer records,
(C) mill certificates if the materials were spun, extruded (for yarns)
or woven, knitted or formed by any other fabric forming process (for example, tufting) by an enterprise of Singapore,
(D) production records if the registered enterprise produced the materials, and
(E) purchase orders if the materials were imported from a foreign producer, broker, trader, or other intermediary;
(b) with respect to textile and apparel goods the enterprise has
produced that are claimed as originating goods or marked as products of Singapore,
production records that substantiate the claim or marking, such as:
(i) cutting records for products assembled from cut components;
(ii) assembly or production records that the production manager
maintains on the factory floor that document daily production, including workers�
daily production records, wage records, production steps, and sewing tickets; and
(iii) employee time cards, payment records, or other documentation
showing which employees were working, how long they worked, and what work they performed during the period the goods were produced;
(c) with respect to textile and apparel goods that a subcontractor has
produced in whole or in part for the enterprise and that are claimed as originating
goods or marked as products of Singapore, records that substantiate the claim,
such as:
(i) cutting records for products assembled from cut components;
(ii) if partially assembled by the subcontractor, production records documenting the partial assembly;
(iii) bills of lading; and
(iv) transfer documents to the shipper or primary contractor and proof
of payment by the shipper or primary contractor for the work done; and
(d) records establishing which production processes took place outside
the territory of Singapore, if a portion of the processing or operations was conducted
there under the Outward Processing Arrangement, such as:
(i) records demonstrating export from Singapore of materials,
components, subassemblies or finished goods for processing; and
(ii) customs records or records containing equivalent information, such
as cargo manifests, showing re-importation into Singapore of the goods
after processing.
6. Singapore shall establish and maintain a program to ensure that
textile and apparel goods that are imported into or exported from Singapore or that are processed
or manipulated in a free trade zone in Singapore en route to the United States are marked with
the correct country of origin and that the documents accompanying the goods accurately
describe the goods. This program shall provide for:
(a) immediate referral by Singapore officials of suspected violations
of either Party�s laws relating to intentional circumvention to the appropriate
enforcement authorities; and
(b) not later than 14 days after the resolution of the matter,5-1
issuance by Singapore to the United States of a written report of
(i) each violation of a law of Singapore relating to circumvention,
including a failure to maintain or produce records, and
(ii) any other act of circumvention;
involving textile or apparel goods destined for the United States,
occurring in the territory of Singapore, and resulting in enforcement action by
Singapore. In each case, the report shall state the enforcement action taken and the
ultimate resolution of the matter. Singapore shall designate in the report any
information it considers to be confidential, except that, at a minimum, Singapore may
not designate the name of any enterprise that its enforcement authorities
have determined to have engaged in circumvention.
ARTICLE 5.4 :
COOPERATION
General
1. In furtherance of Article 5.2.1(b), on request, a Party shall, in a
manner consistent with its laws and procedures,
(a) promptly obtain from an enterprise and provide to the other Party,
to the extent available, all correspondence, reports, bills of lading, invoices,
order confirmations, and other documents or information, relevant to
circumvention, that the requesting Party considers may have taken place; and
(b) facilitate the gathering by the other Party�s enforcement
authorities of information relevant to circumvention, including, as appropriate, by conducting
site visits or establishing contacts with persons in the Party�s territory.
Any request for cooperation under this Article shall be made in writing
and shall include a brief statement of the matter at issue and the cooperation requested.
Site Visits
2. A Party seeking to conduct site visits in the territory of the other
Party shall provide a written request to the host Party�s competent authority not less than14
days before the proposed dates of the visits. The request shall identify the number of
enterprises to be visited, the proposed dates of the visits, and the reason for the visits, but need
not specify the identities of the enterprises to be visited.
3. The competent authority shall be prohibited from informing any
person, other than officials of the host Party directly responsible for organizing the
site visits, of the request and its contents. The host Party shall prohibit those officials and any other
person in its territory from notifying an enterprise in advance of a visit. The responsible
officials of the host Party shall seek permission to conduct a site visit from a responsible person at the
enterprise at the time of the visit.
4. Responsible officials of the Party seeking to conduct site visits in
the territory of the other Party shall conduct such visits together with responsible officials of
the host Party and in accordance with the laws of the host Party. On completion of a site
visit, the requesting Party shall brief the responsible officials of the host Party and shall
subsequently provide to that Party a written report of the results of the visit. The written report shall
include:
(a) the name of the enterprise visited;
(b) for each shipment checked, information discovered relating to
circumvention;
(c) observations made at the enterprise relating to circumvention; and
(d) as relevant, an assessment of whether the enterprise is maintaining
records of the type described in Article 5.3.5 and can demonstrate that its production
of and capability to produce textile or apparel goods is consistent with
claims that the textile or apparel goods it produces or has produced are originating
goods or products of the host Party.
5. If the responsible person at an enterprise proposed to be visited
denies permission for the site visit to occur:
(a) the visit shall not occur;
(b) the host Party shall not issue any visas or export licenses that
may be required to accompany textile or apparel goods that the enterprise produces or
exports when such goods are exported to the requesting Party, until the host Party
determines that the enterprise�s production of and capability to produce such
goods is consistent with claims that textile or apparel goods it produces or has
produced are originating goods or products of the host Party; and
(c) the requesting Party may deny entry of textile or apparel goods
produced or exported by the enterprise until that Party determines that the
enterprise�s production of and capability to produce such goods is consistent with
claims that textile or apparel goods it produces or has produced are originating
goods or products of the host Party.
6. Permission for a site visit shall be deemed to have been denied if
the enterprise does not allow the responsible officials of the requesting Party access to:
(a) the enterprise�s premises, including its production and storage
areas and any other facilities;
(b) any production records relating to:
(i) textile or apparel goods that have been exported to the territory
of the requesting Party;
(ii) the enterprise�s production capabilities in general; and
(iii) number of persons the enterprise employs; and
(c) any other records or information, including records and information
of the type described in Article 5.3, relevant to a determination of whether the
enterprise�s production of and capability to produce textile or apparel goods are
consistent with claims that the textile and apparel goods it produces or has
produced are originating goods or products of the host Party.
Establishing Facts
7. If a Party suspects that circumvention has occurred, on its request
the other Party shall facilitate the gathering of the facts necessary for the requesting
Party to determine whether circumvention has occurred. If a Party determines that circumvention
has occurred, on its request the other Party shall facilitate the requesting Party�s
establishment of any additional facts necessary to take enforcement action and to prevent circumvention. This
paragraph applies to circumvention or suspected circumvention with regard to importation,
exportation, processing or manipulation in a free trade zone, or transshipment.5-2
8. If a Party requests the other Party to examine transshipped textile
or apparel goods, its officials shall endeavor to examine such goods.5-3
9. When a Party makes a request under paragraph 7 with respect to a
particular shipment, it shall, to the extent possible, notify the other Party of: the importer,
the exporter, the country of origin, the dates on which the shipment was entered, the port or ports
of entry, and the cargo description or Harmonized System subheading of the goods.
ARTICLE 5.5 :
ENFORCEMENT
1. In furtherance of Article 5.2.1, each Party shall vigorously
investigate claims of violations of laws relating to circumvention and, where appropriate,
bring enforcement action to address any such violations.
2. If Singapore discovers conduct by an enterprise that it suspects is
a violation of either Party�s laws relating to circumvention, and the conduct has not been
noted in a report under Article 5.3.4, Singapore shall note the conduct in a report provided to
the United States not later than 14 days after the discovery. If Singapore suspects that the
conduct noted in a report under either the first sentence of this paragraph or Article 5.3.4 involves
intentional circumvention, it shall immediately investigate and report the results of the
investigation to the United States within 14 days of the conclusion of the investigation. In that case,
Singapore shall also immediately initiate a detailed review of all textile and apparel goods
that the enterprise has produced for exportation to the United States or exported to the United
States during the six months preceding the date that Singapore discovered the conduct.
Singapore shall prepare a report describing the results of that review and shall transmit that
report to the United States no later than 60 days after it provides the report called for under the
first sentence of this paragraph or under Article 5.3.4. The Parties may agree, in light of the facts of
a particular review, to extend this 60-day period. 3. A report describing the results of a review of textile and apparel
goods conducted pursuant to paragraph 2 shall include the following:
(a) the name and address of the enterprise investigated;
(b) the nature of the suspected violation (for example, failure to
maintain adequate production records, or making false statements relating to country of
origin or production);
(c) a brief description of the evidence of a violation;
(d) any penalty imposed or other action taken;
(e) the identification numbers of the visas or export licenses
corresponding to the goods and of all visas or export licenses that Singapore has issued to
the enterprise during the 12 months before the date on which the conduct
was discovered. If no visa or export license numbers are available, the
report shall include the invoice number and date of export for each exportation of
goods to the United States;
(f) the product category, description, and quantity of the goods
included in the exportations to the United States; and
(g) purchase orders, bills of lading, contracts, payment records,
invoices, and other records indicating the origin of the goods included in the exportations
to the United States, and information identifying the importer of those goods
in the United States, if Singapore possesses such information.
4. If Singapore finds that an enterprise has engaged in intentional
circumvention, it shall take effective enforcement action, which shall include denying
permission for an appropriate period for textile or apparel goods that the enterprise produces or
exports to be exported to the United States.
5.
(a) If a Party finds that an enterprise in its territory or
operating under the Outward Processing Arrangement:
(i) has failed to maintain or produce records in accordance with the
Party�s laws adopted or maintained in accordance with this Chapter,5-4
or
(ii) has engaged in conduct inconsistent with the Party�s law that was
intended to or did in fact result in circumvention,
and if the Party requires a visa or export license to accompany
exportations of textile or apparel goods to the territory of the other Party, then
beginning on the date of the finding, the Party shall not issue, for a period at least
as long as the applicable period described in paragraph 6, such a visa or export
license to the enterprise.
(b) If the United States finds that an enterprise of Singapore has
engaged in intentional circumvention, then beginning on the date of the finding it
may deny entry into the United States, during a period no longer than the
applicable period described in paragraph 6, of textile or apparel goods that the
enterprise has produced or exported.
6.
(a) With respect to a first finding under paragraph 5(a) or a first
finding under paragraph 5(b), the applicable period is six months. (b) With respect to a second finding under paragraph 5(a) or a second
finding under paragraph 5(b), the applicable period is two years.
(c) With respect to any further finding under paragraph 5(a) or 5(b),
the applicable period shall be two years, except that where measures a Party imposed
with respect to the enterprise as a result of an earlier finding under
paragraph 5(a) or 5(b) are still in effect, the applicable period shall be extended by
the period remaining before those measures expire.
ARTICLE 5.6 :
INFORMATION SHARING
1. Within three months after the date this Chapter takes effect,
Singapore shall notify the United States in writing of the names of all registered enterprises.
Thereafter, Singapore shall provide the names of any newly registered, de-registered, or
re-registered enterprises in written, quarterly updates to the United States.
2. At the time Singapore notifies the United States of a registered
enterprise, it shall supply profile information to the United States regarding the enterprise, and
shall update the information annually. This information shall include:
(a) name of the enterprise;
(b) address of the enterprise and locations of its facilities in
Singapore, and, for an enterprise operating under the Outward Processing Arrangement, location
of its facilities, whether in Singapore or outside of Singapore, involved in
the production of textile or apparel goods claimed to be originating goods
or marked as products of Singapore or export of such goods to the United States;
(c) telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address;
(d) statement of whether the enterprise is owned by Singapore persons,
non-Singapore persons, or both;
(e) names of:
(i) the directors and their respective positions within the enterprise,
and
(ii) the owners, in the case of an enterprise that is not incorporated;
(f) number of workers, skill sets (occupations), wages, hours of work,
and minimum age for employment;
(g) number and type of machines the enterprise uses to produce textile
or apparel goods;
(h) production capacity of the enterprise and identification of textile
or apparel goods the enterprise produces; and
(i) names of customers in the United States.
ARTICLE 5.7 :
CONFIDENTIALITY
1. Except as otherwise provided in this Chapter, each Party shall
maintain the confidentiality of non-publicly available information, including
business confidential information, that the other Party provides to it in accordance with
this Chapter and has designated as confidential, unless the Party that provided the
information gives permission for the information to be publicly disclosed.
2. A Party shall not disclose to a non-Party for law enforcement
purposes or in connection with judicial proceedings information relating to intentional
circumvention that the other Party has provided to the Party pursuant to Article 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 or 5.6,
unless the other Party consents to the disclosure.
3.
(a) Subject to subparagraph (b), nothing in this Chapter shall
prevent a Party from making public the name of an enterprise that the Party has found to
have engaged in intentional circumvention or that has failed to demonstrate its
production of or capability to produce textile or apparel goods as provided under this
Chapter.
(b) If a Party makes public the name of an enterprise as described in
sub-paragraph (a) and the finding underlying the disclosure is based on information
provided by the other Party pursuant to Article 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 or 5.6, the Party
making the disclosure shall not disclose the information provided by the other
Party or the fact that it based its finding on information provided by the other
Party, unless the other Party consents to the disclosure of such information or such
fact.
4. If a Party considers that the other Party has not maintained the
confidentiality of information as required under this Article, it may make a written
request to the other Party for consultations. The Parties shall consult within 30 days after the
request is delivered with a view to agreeing on appropriate steps to ensure compliance with this
Article.
ARTICLE 5.8 :
CONSULTATIONS AND RELATED MATTERS
1. A Party may request consultations with the other Party under this
Article, with a view to seeking a mutually satisfactory solution, if it believes that:
(a) the other Party is not complying with the terms of this Agreement
relating to textile and apparel goods;
(b) circumvention relating to trade between the Parties is occurring;
or
(c) the other Party is failing to effectively enforce its laws
regarding circumvention.
Unless the Parties agree otherwise, they shall commence consultations
within 30 days of a Party�s receipt of a written request by the other Party and conclude
consultations within 90 days of the Party�s receipt of the written request.
2. If the Parties are unable to reach a mutually satisfactory solution
under paragraph 1 and the United States has presented to Singapore clear evidence that
circumvention has occurred, the United States may reduce the quantity of textile and apparel goods that
may be imported into its territory from Singapore by an amount not to exceed three times the
quantity of goods involved in the circumvention. In addition, the United States may revoke any
preferential tariff treatment provided pursuant to this Agreement to the goods involved in the
circumvention, and deny such treatment, for a period not to exceed four years, to any textile or
apparel goods produced by an enterprise found to have engaged in such circumvention, including any
successor of the enterprise and any other entity owned or operated by a principal of the
enterprise, if such entity, of which that person is a principal, produces textile or apparel goods.5-5
ARTICLE 5.9 : BILATERAL TEXTILE AND APPAREL SAFEGUARD
ACTIONS
1. Subject to paragraphs 2 through 7 and during the transition period only,
if, as a result of the reduction or elimination of a customs duty provided for in this
Agreement, a textile or apparel good benefiting from preferential tariff treatment under this
Agreement is being imported into the territory of a Party in such increased quantities, in absolute terms
or relative to the domestic market for that good, and under such conditions that imports of such
good from the other Party constitute a substantial cause of serious damage or actual threat
thereof, to a domestic industry producing a like or directly competitive good, the
importing Party may, to the extent and for such time as may be necessary to prevent or remedy the serious
damage and to facilitate adjustment by the domestic industry:
(a) suspend the further reduction of any rate of duty provided for under this Agreement on the good; or
(b) increase the rate of duty on the good to a level not to exceed the lesser
of:
(i) the most-favored-nation (�MFN�) applied rate of duty in effect at the
time the action is taken, and
(ii) the MFN applied rate of duty in effect on the date of entry into force
of this Agreement.
2. In determining serious damage, or actual threat thereof, the Party:
(a) shall examine the effect of increased imports on the particular industry,
as reflected in changes in such relevant economic variables as output,
productivity, utilization of capacity, inventories, market share, exports, wages,
employment, domestic prices, profits, and investment, none of which is necessarily
decisive; and
(b) shall not consider changes in technology or consumer preference as
factors supporting a determination of serious damage or actual threat thereof.
3. A Party shall deliver without delay written notice of its intent to take
action under this Article to the other Party, and shall enter into consultations with that
Party.
4. The following conditions and limitations apply to any action taken under
paragraph 1:
(a) no action may be maintained for a period exceeding two years, except that
the period may be extended by up to two years if the competent authorities of the Party applying the action determine, in conformity with the procedures set
out in this Article, that the action continues to be necessary to prevent or remedy
serious damage and to facilitate adjustment by the domestic industry, and that there
is evidence that the industry is adjusting; (b) no action may be taken by a Party against any particular good of the
other Party more than once during the transition period; and
(c) on termination of the action, the rate of duty shall be the rate that
would have been in effect but for the action.
5. The Party taking an action under paragraph 1 shall provide to the Party
against whose good the action is taken mutually agreed trade liberalizing compensation in
the form of concessions having substantially equivalent trade effects or equivalent to
the value of the additional duties expected to result from the emergency action. Such
concessions shall be limited to textile and apparel goods, unless the Parties otherwise agree. If
the Parties concerned are unable to agree on compensation within 30 days in the consultations under
paragraph 3, the exporting Party may take action with respect to textile and apparel goods of
the other Party that has trade effects substantially equivalent to the action taken under
paragraph 1. The Party taking such action shall apply the action only for the minimum period necessary to
achieve the substantially equivalent effects. However, the right to take such action
shall not be exercised for the first 24 months that the action pursuant to paragraph 1 is in effect,
provided that the action pursuant to paragraph 1 has been applied as a result of an absolute increase
in imports and that such emergency action conforms to the provisions of this Article.
6. Nothing in this Article shall be construed to affect a Party�s rights and
obligations under Chapter 7, except that an action under this Article shall be considered a
�safeguard measure� for purposes of Article 7.2.7 (Conditions and Limitations). Nothing in Chapter 7
shall be construed to affect a Party's rights and obligations under this Article.
7. Nothing in this Article shall be construed to limit the ability of a Party
to restrain imports of textile and apparel goods in a manner consistent with the WTO Agreement on
Textiles and Clothing or the WTO Agreement on Safeguards.
8. For purposes of this Article:
(a) substantial cause means a cause that is important and not less
than any other cause;
(b) transition period means the 10-year period following entry into
force of the terms of this Agreement relating to textile and apparel goods under Article
5.10.
ARTICLE 5.10 :
EFFECTIVE DATE
The terms of this Agreement regarding textile and apparel goods shall
take effect on the date on which:
(a) the Parties have consulted with regard to their adoption or
maintenance of laws necessary to implement this Chapter and have agreed that such laws are
in place, and
(b) the Parties have exchanged written notifications that their
respective internal requirements for this Chapter to take effect have been fulfilled, or on such other date as the Parties may agree.
ARTICLE 5.11 :
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. circumvention means providing a false declaration or false
information for the purpose of, or with the effect of, violating or evading existing customs,
country of origin labeling, or trade laws of the respective Party relating to imports of textile and
apparel goods, if such action results in the avoidance of tariffs, quotas, embargoes, prohibitions,
restrictions, trade remedies, including antidumping or countervailing duties, or safeguard measures,
or in obtaining preferential tariff treatment. Examples of circumvention include
illegal transshipment; rerouting; fraud; false declarations concerning country of origin, fiber content,
quantities, description, or classification; falsification of documents; and smuggling;
2. free trade zone means any area, designated under Singapore�s
Free Trade Zone Act or any successor act, used to store, assemble, mix, or otherwise
manipulate any goods or to carry out such manufacture, in accordance with such act;
3. host Party means the Party in whose territory a site visit
requested under Article 5.4.2 is conducted;
4. Outward Processing Arrangement means the arrangement whereby
a registered Singapore textile or apparel goods producer is permitted to process
outside Singapore subsidiary or minor processes of its textile or apparel goods without affecting
the Singapore country of origin status of the textile or apparel goods;
5. preferential tariff treatment means the customs duty rate
that is applicable to an originating good pursuant to Chapter 2;
6. registered enterprise means an enterprise that is a producer
or exporter of textile or apparel goods and that is registered by Singapore under the system
described in Article 5.3.2;
7. requesting Party means the Party seeking to conduct a site
visit under Article 5.4.2;
8. textile or apparel good means a product listed in the Annex
to the WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing; and
9. transshipment or transshipped means the removal of a good
from the conveyance on which it was brought into the territory of a Party and the placement of
such good on the same or another conveyance for the purpose of taking it out of the territory of
the Party, including when such good undergoes processing or manipulation in a free trade zone. CHAPTER 6 : TECHNICAL BARRIERS TO TRADE
ARTICLE 6.1 :
SCOPE
This Chapter applies to technical regulations, standards, and
conformity assessment procedures as defined in the WTO TBT Agreement.
ARTICLE 6.2 :
ENHANCED COOPERATION AND CHAPTER
6
COORDINATOR
1. With a view to facilitating trade in goods between them, the Parties
should to the maximum extent possible seek to enhance their cooperation with each
other in the area of technical regulations, standards, and conformity assessment procedures
and to deepen the mutual understanding and awareness of each others� systems, including through:
(a) exchanging information on technical regulations, standards and
conformity assessment procedures;
(b) holding consultations to address and resolve any matters that may
arise from the application of specific technical regulations, standards and conformity
assessment procedures;
(c) promoting the use of international standards by each Party in its
technical regulations, standards and conformity assessment procedures; and
(d) facilitating and promoting mechanisms relating to technical
regulations, standards and conformity assessment procedures that would enhance and promote
trade between the Parties, including mechanisms established at APEC and other
plurilateral fora.
2. In order to facilitate the cooperation described in paragraph 1,
each Party shall designate a Chapter 6 Coordinator, which shall:
(a) be responsible for coordinating with interested parties in the
Party�s territory in all matters pertaining to enhanced cooperation under this Chapter,
including with respect to proposals for enhanced cooperation and responses to such
proposals; and
(b) normally carry out its functions through agreed communication
channels and meet with the other Party�s Chapter 6 Coordinator as and when they agree is
necessary for the efficient and effective discharge of their functions.
ARTICLE 6.3 :
CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT AND OTHER
AREAS OF MUTUAL INTEREST
1. Each Party shall take steps to implement Phase I and Phase II of the
APEC Mutual Recognition Arrangement for Conformity Assessment of Telecommunications
Equipment with respect to the other Party.
2. The Parties should to the maximum extent possible also work towards
enhancing the momentum of cooperation in line with their respective bilateral,
regional and plurilateral agreements, including the APEC work program on Standards and
Conformance. To achieve this objective the Parties should to the maximum extent possible examine the
feasibility of cooperating with each other on conformity assessment procedures and
other areas of mutual interest, including agreements where the relevant authorities from both
Parties are willing to do so.
3. Each Party should to the maximum extent possible consider progress
made on achieving the objectives of this Chapter during meetings of the Joint Committee
established under Article 20.1 (Joint Committee).
4. The Parties establish the Medical Products Working Group referred to
in Article 20.1.2(b) (Joint Committee), as set out in Annex 6A to this Chapter.
ARTICLE 6.4 :
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. WTO TBT Agreement means
the WTO Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade; and
2. APEC means the Asia
Pacific Economic Cooperation Forum.
ANNEX 6A
WORKING GROUP ON MEDICAL PRODUCTS
1. The Parties establish a Medical Products Working Group to promote
the protection of public health through expeditious, science-based regulatory procedures
for new medical products. The purpose of the Working Group is to provide a forum for
cooperation on product regulation issues of mutual interest, to the extent permitted by
resources, through means other than mutual recognition agreements or other binding commitments.
2. The Working Group shall:
(a) seek to ensure that regulatory procedures for the review of
applications for marketing authorization with respect to new medical products are
(i) expeditious, transparent, without conflict of interest, and
non-discriminatory,
(ii) based on generally-accepted international scientific standards,
such as the International Conference on Harmonization, and
(iii) based only on the assessment of product quality, safety, and
efficacy;
(b) seek to ensure that the measures of each Party that promote and
protect public health through regulatory procedures for medical products are
transparent and are developed through a process that
(i) provides for effective notice to and comment by interested persons,
and
(ii) provides a meaningful opportunity for interested persons of the
other Party to consult with FDA or HSA, as appropriate; and
(c) provide a forum for consultation between the health authorities of
each Party regarding matters of interest, including general scientific and
regulatory policy and specific measures pertaining to the promotion and protection of
public health through expeditious, science-based regulatory procedures.
3. FDA and HSA shall chair the Working Group. The chairs shall be
responsible for establishing the time and place for meetings of the Working Group and
for developing the procedures for such meetings and other activities of the Working Group.
Such procedures shall include that:
(a) FDA shall report on the activities of the Working Group to the U.S.
Secretary of Health and Human Services;
(b) HSA shall report on the activities of the Working Group to the
Singapore Minister for Health; and
(c) the Working Group shall issue periodic reports to the Joint
Committee established under Article 20.1 (Joint Committee).
4. The Parties shall ensure that the activities of the Working Group do
not preclude or interfere with other opportunities for meetings and cooperation between
FDA and HSA.
5. For purposes of this Annex:
(a) FDA means the United
States Food and Drug Administration;
(b) HSA means the Health
Sciences Authority of Singapore; and
(c) Working Group means the
Medical Products Working Group comprising representatives of FDA and HSA.
CHAPTER 7 : SAFEGUARDS
ARTICLE 7.1 :
APPLICATION OF A BILATERAL SAFEGUARD
MEASURE
Subject to Articles 7.2 through 7.5, if as a result of the reduction or
elimination of a customs duty under this Agreement, an originating good of the other Party is being
imported into the territory of a Party in such increased quantities, in absolute terms or relative
to domestic production, and under such conditions that the imports of such originating good from
the other Party constitute a substantial cause of serious injury or threat thereof, to a domestic
industry producing a like or directly competitive good, such Party may:
(a) suspend the further reduction of any rate of customs duty provided
for under this Agreement for the good;
(b) increase the rate of customs duty on the good to a level not to
exceed the lesser of
(i) the most-favored-nation (MFN) applied rate of duty on the good in
effect at the time the action is taken, and
(ii) the MFN applied rate of duty on the good in effect on the day
immediately preceding the date of entry into force of this Agreement; or
(c) in the case of a customs duty applied to a good on a seasonal
basis, increase the rate of duty to a level not to exceed the lesser of the MFN applied
rate of duty that was in effect on the good for the immediately preceding corresponding
season or the date of entry into force of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 7.2 :
CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS
The following conditions and limitations shall apply with regard to a
measure described in Article 7.1:
1. A Party shall notify the other Party in writing upon initiation of
an investigation described in paragraph 2 and shall consult with the other Party as far
in advance of taking any such measure as practicable, with a view to reviewing the information
arising from the investigation, exchanging views on the measure and reaching an
agreement on compensation as set out in Article 7.4. If a Party takes a provisional measure pursuant
to Article 7.3, the Party shall also notify the other Party prior to taking such measure, and
shall initiate consultations with the other Party immediately after such measure is taken.
2. A Party shall take a measure only following an investigation by that
Party�s competent authorities in accordance with Articles 3 and 4.2(c) of the WTO
Agreement on Safeguards; and to this end, Articles 3 and 4.2(c) of the WTO Agreement on Safeguards
are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement,
mutatis mutandis.
3. In the investigation described in paragraph 2, a Party shall comply
with the requirements of Article 4.2(a) and (b) of the WTO Agreement on Safeguards; and to
this end, Article 4.2(a) and (b) are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement,
mutatis mutandis.
4. Negative injury determinations shall not be subject to modification,
except pursuant to reviews by judicial or administrative tribunals, to the extent provided
under domestic legislation.
5. The investigation shall in all cases be completed within one year
following its date of institution.
6. No measure may be maintained:
(a) except to the extent and for such time as may be necessary to
prevent or remedy serious injury and to facilitate adjustment;
(b) for a period exceeding two years; except that the period may be
extended by up to two years if the competent authorities determine, in conformity with
the procedures set out in paragraphs 1 through 5, that the measure
continues to be necessary to prevent or remedy serious injury and to facilitate
adjustment and that there is evidence that the industry is adjusting; or
(c) beyond the expiration of the transition period, except with the
consent of the Party against whose originating good the measure is taken.
7. No measure may be applied against the same originating good on which
a measure has been taken or that has been subject to any other safeguard measure7-1 since the date of entry into
force of the Agreement.
8. Where the expected duration of the measure is over one year, the
importing Party shall progressively liberalize it at regular intervals during the period of
application.
9. Upon the termination of the measure, the rate of customs duty shall
be the rate which would have been in effect but for the measure.
ARTICLE 7.3 :
PROVISIONAL MEASURES
In critical circumstances where delay would cause damage which it would
be difficult to repair, a Party may take a measure described in Article 7.1(a), (b) or (c) on a
provisional basis pursuant to a preliminary determination that there is clear evidence that imports
from the other Party have increased as the result of the reduction or elimination of a customs
duty under this Agreement, and such imports constitute a substantial cause of serious injury, or
threat thereof, to the domestic industry. The duration of such provisional measure shall not
exceed 200 days, during which time the requirements of Articles 7.2.2 and 7.2.3 shall be met.
Any tariff increases shall be promptly refunded if the investigation described in Article 7.2.2
does not result in a finding that the requirements of Article 7.1 are met. The duration of any
provisional measure shall be counted as part of the period described in Article 7.2.6(b).
ARTICLE 7.4 :
COMPENSATION
The Party applying a measure described in Article 7.1 shall provide to
the other Party mutually agreed trade liberalizing compensation in the form of concessions
having substantially equivalent trade effects or equivalent to the value of the additional
duties expected to result from the measure. If the Parties are unable to agree on compensation within
30 days in the consultations under Article 7.2, the Party against whose originating
good the measure is applied may take action with respect to originating goods of the other Party
that has trade effects substantially equivalent to the measure described in Article 7.1. The
Party taking such action shall apply the action only for the minimum period necessary to achieve
the substantially equivalent effects, and in any event, only while the measure under
Article 7.1 is being applied.
ARTICLE 7.5 : GLOBAL SAFEGUARD MEASURES
Each Party retains its rights and obligations under Article XIX of GATT
1994 and the WTO Agreement on Safeguards. This Agreement does not confer any additional
rights or obligations on the Parties with regard to global safeguard measures, except that a
Party taking a global safeguard measure may exclude imports of an originating good from the
other Party if such imports are not a substantial cause of serious injury or threat
thereof.
ARTICLE 7.6 :
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. domestic industry means
the producers as a whole of the like or directly competitive product operating in the territory of a Party, or those whose
collective output of the like or directly competitive products constitutes a major proportion of the
total domestic production of those products;
2. global safeguard measure
means a measure applied under Article XIX of GATT 1994 and the WTO Agreement on Safeguards;
3. serious injury means a
significant overall impairment in the position of a domestic industry;
4. substantial cause means a
cause which is important and not less than any other cause;
5. threat of serious injury
means serious injury that, on the basis of facts and not merely on allegation, conjecture or remote possibility, is clearly imminent;
and
6. transition period means the ten-year period following entry
into force of this Agreement. CHAPTER 8 : CROSS-BORDER TRADE IN SERVICES
ARTICLE 8.1 :
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. central level of government means
(a) for the United States, the federal level of government; and
(b) for Singapore, the national level of government;
2. cross-border trade in services or cross-border supply of
services means the supply of a service
(a) from the territory of one Party into the territory of the other
Party;
(b) in the territory of one Party by a person of that Party to a person
of the other Party; or
(c) by a national of a Party in the territory of the other Party;
but does not include the supply of a service in the territory of a
Party by an investor of the other Party or a covered investment as defined in Article 15.1 (Definitions);
3. enterprise means an entity constituted or organized under
applicable law, whether or not for profit, and whether privately or governmentally owned or
controlled, including a corporation, trust, partnership, sole proprietorship, joint venture, association, or
similar organization and a branch of an enterprise;
4. enterprise of a Party means an enterprise organized or
constituted under the laws of a Party and a branch located in the territory of a Party and carrying out
business activities there;
5. local level of government means, for Singapore, entities with
sub-national legislative or executive powers under domestic law, including Town Councils and
Community Development Councils;
6. professional services means services, the provision of which
requires specialized post-secondary education, or equivalent training or experience, and for which the
right to practice is granted or restricted by a Party, but does not include services
provided by trades-persons or vessel and aircraft crew members;
7. regional level of government means, for the United States, a
state of the United States, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico; for Singapore, "regional
level of government" is not applicable, as Singapore has no government at the regional level;
8. service supplier means a
person of a Party that seeks to supply or supplies a service;8-1
and
9. specialty air services
means any non-transportation air services, such as aerial fire-fighting, sightseeing, spraying, surveying, mapping, photography, parachute
jumping, glider towing and helicopter-lift for logging and construction, and other
airborne agricultural, industrial, and inspection services.
ARTICLE 8.2 :
SCOPE AND COVERAGE
1. (a) This Chapter applies to measures by a Party affecting
cross-border trade in services by service suppliers of the other Party.
(b) Measures covered by subparagraph (a) include measures affecting:
(i) the production, distribution, marketing, sale and delivery of a
service;
(ii) the purchase or use of, or payment for, a service;
(iii) the access to and use of distribution, transport, or
telecommunications networks and services in connection with the supply of a service; and
(iv) the provision of a bond or other form of financial security as a
condition for the supply of a service.
(c) For purposes of this Chapter,
measures by a Party means measures taken by:
(i) central, regional or local governments and authorities; and
(ii) non-governmental bodies in the exercise of powers delegated by
central, regional or local governments or authorities.
2. Articles 8.5, 8.8 and 8.12 also apply to measures by a Party
affecting the supply of a service in its territory by an investor of the other Party or a covered
investment as defined in Article 15.1 (Definitions).8-2
3. This Chapter does not apply to:
(a) financial services as defined in Article 10.20 (Definitions),
except that paragraph 2 shall apply where the service is supplied by an investor or
investment of the other Party that is not an investor or an investment in a financial
institution (as defined in Article 10.20.4) in the Party�s territory;
(b) government procurement;
(c) air services, including domestic and international air
transportation services, whether scheduled or non-scheduled, and related services in support of
air services, other than:
(i) aircraft repair and maintenance services during which an aircraft
is withdrawn from service; and
(ii) specialty air services; or
(d) subsidies or grants provided by a Party, including
government-supported loans, guarantees and insurance.
4. This Chapter does not impose any obligation on a Party with respect
to a national of the other Party seeking access to its employment market, or employed on a
permanent basis in its territory, and does not confer any right on that national with respect
to that access or employment.
5. (a) This Chapter does not apply to services supplied in the exercise
of governmental authority within the territory of each respective Party.
(b) For purposes of this Chapter, a service supplied in the exercise
of governmental authority means any service which is supplied neither on a
commercial basis, nor in competition with one or more service suppliers.
ARTICLE 8.3 :
NATIONAL TREATMENT
1. Each Party shall accord to service suppliers of the other Party
treatment no less favorable than that it accords, in like circumstances, to its own service
suppliers.
2. The treatment to be accorded by a Party under paragraph 1 means,
with respect to a regional level of government, treatment no less favorable than the most
favorable treatment accorded, in like circumstances, by that regional level of government
to service suppliers of the Party of which it forms a part.
ARTICLE 8.4 :
MOST-FAVORED-NATION
TREATMENT
Each Party shall accord to service suppliers of the other Party
treatment no less favorable than that it accords, in like circumstances, to service suppliers of a
non-Party.
ARTICLE 8.5 :
MARKET ACCESS
A Party shall not adopt or maintain, either on the basis of a regional
subdivision or on the basis of its entire territory, measures that:
(a) limit
(i) the number of service suppliers whether in the form of numerical
quotas, monopolies, exclusive service suppliers or the requirement of an
economic needs test;
(ii) the total value of service transactions or assets in the form of
numerical quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test;
(iii) the total number of service operations or the total quantity of
services output expressed in terms of designated numerical units in the form of quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test;8-3
(iv) the total number of natural persons that may be employed in a
particular service sector or that a service supplier may employ and who are necessary for, and directly related to, the supply of a specific
service in the form of numerical quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test; and
(b) restrict or require specific types of legal entity or joint venture
through which a service supplier may supply a service.
ARTICLE 8.6 :
LOCAL PRESENCE
A Party shall not require a service supplier of the other Party to
establish or maintain a representative office or any form of enterprise, or to be resident, in
its territory as a condition for the cross-border supply of a service.
ARTICLE 8.7 :
NON-CONFORMING
MEASURES
1. Articles 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, and 8.6 do not apply to:
(a) any existing non-conforming measure that is maintained by a Party
at
(i) the central level of government, as set out by that Party in its
Schedule to Annex 8A;
(ii) a regional level of government, as set out by that Party in its
Schedule to Annex 8A; and
(iii) a local government level of government;
(b) the continuation or prompt renewal of any non-conforming measure
referred to in subparagraph (a); or
(c) an amendment to any non-conforming measure referred to in
subparagraph (a) to the extent that the amendment does not decrease the conformity of the
measure, as it existed immediately before the amendment, with Articles 8.3, 8.4,
8.5, and 8.6.
2. Articles 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, and 8.6 do not apply to any measure that a
Party adopts or maintains with respect to sectors, sub-sectors or activities as set out
in its Schedule to Annex 8B.
ARTICLE 8.8 :
DOMESTIC REGULATION
1. Where a Party requires authorization for the supply of a service,
the Party�s competent authorities shall, within a reasonable period of time after the
submission of an application considered complete under domestic laws and regulations, inform the
applicant of the decision concerning the application. At the request of the applicant, the
competent authorities of the party shall provide, without undue delay, information concerning the status
of the application. This obligation shall not apply to authorization requirements that are
within the scope of Article 8.7.2.
2. With a view to ensuring that measures relating to qualification
requirements and procedures, technical standards and licensing requirements do not
constitute unnecessary barriers to trade in services, each Party shall endeavor to ensure, as
appropriate for individual sectors, that such measures are:
(a) based on objective and transparent criteria, such as competence and
the ability to supply the service;
(b) not more burdensome than necessary to ensure the quality of the
service; and
(c) in the case of licensing procedures, not in themselves a
restriction on the supply of the service.
3. If the results of the negotiations related to Article VI:4 of GATS
(or the results of any similar negotiations undertaken in other multilateral fora in which
both Parties participate) enter into effect, this Article shall be amended, as appropriate, after
consultations between the Parties, to bring those results into effect under this Agreement. The Parties
agree to coordinate on such negotiations, as appropriate.
ARTICLE 8.9 :
RECOGNITION
1. For the purposes of the fulfillment, in whole or in part, of its
standards or criteria for the authorization, licensing or certification of services suppliers, and
subject to the requirements of paragraph 4, a Party may recognize the education or experience
obtained, requirements met, or licenses or certifications granted in a particular country, including
the other Party and non-Parties. Such recognition, which may be achieved through harmonization or
otherwise, may be based upon an agreement or arrangement with the country concerned or
may be accorded autonomously.
2. Where a Party recognizes, autonomously or by agreement or
arrangement, the education or experience obtained, requirements met or licenses or certifications
granted in the territory of a non-Party, nothing in Article 8.4 shall be construed to require the
Party to accord such recognition to the education or experience obtained, requirements met
or licenses or certifications granted in the territory of the other Party.
3. A Party that is a party to an agreement or arrangement of the type
referred to in paragraph 1, whether existing or future, shall afford adequate opportunity for
the other Party, if the other Party is interested, to negotiate its accession to such an agreement or
arrangement or to negotiate comparable ones with it. Where a Party accords recognition
autonomously, it shall afford adequate opportunity for the other Party to demonstrate that education,
experience, licenses, or certifications obtained or requirements met in that other Party�s
territory should be recognized.
4. A Party shall not accord recognition in a manner which would
constitute a means of discrimination between countries in the application of its standards or
criteria for the authorization, licensing or certification of services suppliers, or a
disguised restriction on trade in services.
5. Annex 8C applies to measures by a Party relating to the licensing or
certification of professional service suppliers as set out in the provisions of that
Annex.
ARTICLE 8.10 :
TRANSFERS AND PAYMENTS
1. Each Party shall permit all transfers and payments relating to the
cross-border supply of services to be made freely and without delay into and out of its
territory.8-4 Such transfers and payments include:
(a) payments for services;
(b) funds taken abroad to consume a service;
(c) interest, royalty payments, management fees, licensing fees, and
technical assistance and other fees;
(d) payments made under a contract; and
(e) inflows of funds necessary to perform a service.
2. Each Party shall permit such transfers and payments relating to the
cross-border supply of services to be made in a freely usable currency at the market rate of
exchange prevailing on the date of transfer.
3. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 and 2, a Party may prevent a transfer
or payment through the equitable, non-discriminatory and good faith application of its
laws relating to:
(a) bankruptcy, insolvency or the protection of the rights of
creditors;
(b) issuing, trading or dealing in securities, futures, options, or
derivatives;
(c) financial reporting or record keeping of transfers when necessary
to assist law enforcement or financial regulatory authorities;
(d) criminal or penal offenses; or
(e) ensuring compliance with orders or judgments in judicial or
administrative proceedings.
ARTICLE 8.11 :
DENIAL OF BENEFITS
A Party may deny the benefits of this Chapter to a service supplier of
the other Party if:
(a) the service is being supplied by an enterprise owned or controlled
by nationals of a non-Party and the denying Party:
(i) does not maintain diplomatic relations with the non-Party; or
(ii) adopts or maintains measures with respect to the non-Party that
prohibit transactions with the enterprise or that would be violated or
circumvented if the benefits of this Chapter were accorded to the enterprise; or
(b) the service is being supplied by an enterprise that has no
substantial business activities in the territory of the other Party and it is owned or
controlled by persons of a non-Party or the denying Party.
ARTICLE 8.12 :
TRANSPARENCY IN DEVELOPMENT AND
APPLICATION OF REGULATIONS
In addition to the obligations in Chapter 19 (Transparency):
(a) Each Party shall maintain or establish appropriate mechanisms for
responding to inquiries from interested persons regarding regulations8-5 relating to the subject matter of this Chapter and their requirements.
(b) If a Party does not provide advance notice and comment pursuant to
Article 19.3 , it shall, to the extent possible, provide by publicly available means
the reasons therefor.
(c) At the time it adopts final regulations relating to the subject
matter of this Chapter, each Party shall, to the extent possible, including upon
request, address by publicly available means substantive comments received from
interested persons with respect to the proposed regulations.
(d) To the extent possible, each Party shall allow reasonable time
between publication of final regulations and their effective date.
ARTICLE 8.13 :
IMPLEMENTATION
The Parties will meet annually, or as otherwise agreed, on issues
related to implementation of this Chapter and any issues of mutual interest.
ANNEX 8A
1. A Party�s Schedule to this Annex sets out, pursuant to Articles
8.7.1 and 15.12.1 (Non-Conforming Measures), a Party�s existing measures that are not subject to some or
all of the obligations imposed by:
(a) Article 8.3 (National Treatment) or 15.4.1 (National Treatment and
Most-Favored-Nation Treatment);
(b) Article 8.4 (Most-Favored-Nation Treatment) or 15.4.3 (National
Treatment and Most-Favored-Nation Treatment);
(c) Article 8.5 (Market Access);
(d) Article 8.6 (Local Presence);
(e) Article 15.8 (Performance Requirements); or
(f) Article 15.9 (Senior Management and Boards of Directors).
2. Each Schedule entry sets out the following elements:
(a) sector refers to the sector for which the entry is made;
(b) sub-sector, for Singapore, refers to the subsector for which
the entry is made;
(c) industry classification refers, for Singapore, where
applicable, to the activity covered by the non-conforming measure, according to the provisional CPC
codes as used in the Provisional Central Product Classification (Statistical
Papers Series M No. 77, Department of International Economic and Social Affairs,
Statistical Office of the United Nations, New York, 1991);
(d) obligations concerned specifies the obligation(s) referred
to in paragraph 1 that, pursuant to Article 8.7.1(a) (Non-Conforming Measures) or 15.12.1(a)
(Non-Conforming Measures), as the case may be, do not apply to the listed measure(s);
(e) level of government indicates the level of government
maintaining the listed measure(s);
(f) measures identifies the laws, regulations or other measures
for which the entry is made. A measure cited in the measures element:
(i) means the measure as amended, continued or renewed as of the date
of entry into force of this Agreement, and
(ii) includes any subordinate measure adopted or maintained under the authority of and consistent with the measure;
(g) description, for Singapore, sets out the non-conforming
aspects of the measure for which the entry is made; and description, for the United
States, provides a general, non-binding, description of the measures; and
(h) phase-out sets out commitments, if any, for liberalization
after the date of entry into force of this Agreement.
3. In accordance with Article 8.7.1(a) (Non-Conforming Measures) and
15.12.1(a) (Non-Conforming Measures), the articles of this Agreement specified in the "obligations
concerned" element of an entry do not apply to the law, regulation or other
measure identified in the "measures" or "description" element of that entry.
4. Where a Party maintains a measure that requires that a service
provider be a citizen, permanent resident, or resident of its territory as a condition to the
provision of a service in its territory, a Schedule entry for that measure taken in the Schedule to
Annex 8A or 8B with respect to Articles 8.3, 8.4 or 8.6 shall operate as a Schedule entry
with respect to Articles 15.4 (National Treatment and Most-Favored-Nation Treatment) or15.8
(Performance Requirements) to the extent of that measure.
ANNEX 8B
1. A Party�s Schedule to this Annex sets out, pursuant to Articles
8.7.2 (Non-Conforming Measures) and 15.12.2 (Non-Conforming Measures), the specific sectors,
sub-sectors or activities for which that Party may maintain existing, or adopt new or
more restrictive, measures that do not conform with obligations imposed by:
(a) Article 8.3 (National Treatment) or 15.4.1 (National Treatment and
Most-Favored- Nation Treatment);
(b) Article 8.4 (Most-Favored-Nation Treatment) or 15.4.3 (National
Treatment and Most-Favored-Nation Treatment);
(c) Article 8.5 (Market Access);
(d) Article 8.6 (Local Presence);
(e) Article 15.8 (Performance Requirements); or
(f) Article 15.9 (Senior Management and Boards of Directors).
2. Each Schedule entry sets out the following elements:
(a) sector refers to the
sector for which the entry is made;
(b) sub-sector, for
Singapore, refers to the subsector for which the entry is made;
(c) industry classification
refers, for Singapore, where applicable, to the activity covered by the non-conforming measure, according to the provisional CPC
codes as used in the Provisional Central Product Classification (Statistical
Papers Series M No. 77, Department of International Economic and Social Affairs,
Statistical Office of the United Nations, New York, 1991);
(d) obligations concerned
specifies the obligation(s) referred to in paragraph 1 that, pursuant to Articles 8.7.2 (Non-Conforming Measures) and Article
15.12.2 (Non-Conforming Measures), do not apply to the sectors, sub-sectors or activities
listed in the entry;
(e) description sets out the
scope of the sector, sub-sector or activities covered by the entry; and
(f) existing measures
identifies, for transparency purposes, existing measures that apply to the sector, sub-sector or activities covered by the entry.
3. In accordance with Articles 8.7.2 (Non-Conforming Measures) and
15.12.2 (Non-Conforming Measures), the articles of this Agreement specified in the "obligations
concerned" element of an entry do not apply to the sectors, sub-sectors and
activities identified in the description element of that entry.
ANNEX 8C
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
DEVELOPMENT OF PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS
1. The Parties shall encourage the relevant bodies in their respective
territories to develop mutually acceptable standards and criteria for licensing and
certification of professional service providers and to provide recommendations on mutual recognition to the
Joint Committee.
2. The standards and criteria referred to in paragraph 1 may be
developed with regard to the following matters:
(a) education - accreditation of schools or academic programs;
(b) examinations - qualifying examinations for licensing, including
alternative methods of assessment such as oral examinations and interviews;
(c) experience - length and nature of experience required for
licensing;
(d) conduct and ethics - standards of professional conduct and the
nature of disciplinary action for non-conformity with those standards;
(e) professional development and re-certification - continuing
education and ongoing requirements to maintain professional certification;
(f) scope of practice - extent of, or limitations on, permissible
activities;
(g) local knowledge - requirements for knowledge of such matters as
local laws, regulations, language, geography or climate; and
(h) consumer protection - alternatives to residency requirements,
including bonding, professional liability insurance and client restitution funds, to
provide for the protection of consumers.
3. On receipt of a recommendation referred to in paragraph 1, the Joint
Committee shall review the recommendation within a reasonable time to determine whether
it is consistent with this Agreement. Based on the Joint Committee�s review, each Party shall
encourage its respective competent authorities, where appropriate, to implement the
recommendation within a mutually agreed time.
TEMPORARY LICENSING
4. Where the Parties agree, each Party shall encourage the relevant
bodies in its territory to develop procedures for the temporary licensing of professional service
providers of another Party.
REVIEW
5. The Joint Committee shall, at least once every three years, review
the implementation of this Section. CHAPTER 9 : TELECOMMUNICATIONS
ARTICLE 9.1 :
SCOPE AND COVERAGE
1. This Chapter applies to measures affecting trade in
telecommunications services.
2. This Chapter does not apply to any measure adopted or maintained by
a Party relating to cable or broadcast distribution of radio or television programming.9-1
3. Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to:
(a) require a Party (or require a Party to compel any enterprise) to
establish, construct, acquire, lease, operate, or provide telecommunications
transport networks or telecommunications services where such networks or services
are not offered to the public generally; or
(b) require a Party to compel any enterprise engaged in the cable or
broadcast distribution of radio or television programming to make available its
cable or broadcast facilities as a public telecommunications transport network,
unless a Party specifically designates such facilities as such.
ARTICLE 9.2 :
ACCESS TO AND USE OF PUBLIC
TELECOMMUNICATIONS TRANSPORT NETWORKS AND SERVICES
9-2
1. Each Party shall ensure that enterprises of the other Party have
access to and use of any public telecommunications transport network and service, including
leased circuits, offered in its territory or across its borders on reasonable, non-discriminatory
(including with respect to timeliness), and transparent terms and conditions, including as set out
in paragraphs 2 through 4.
2. Each Party shall ensure that such enterprises are permitted to:
(a) purchase or lease, and attach terminal or other equipment that
interfaces with the public telecommunications network;
(b) provide services to individual or multiple end-users over any
leased or owned circuit(s);
(c) connect leased or owned circuits with public telecommunications
transport networks and services in the territory, or across the borders, of that
Party, or with circuits leased or owned by another enterprise;
(d) perform switching, signaling, processing, and conversion functions;
and
(e) use operating protocols of their choice.
3. Each Party shall ensure that enterprises of the other Party may use
public telecommunications transport networks and services for the movement of
information in its territory or across its borders and for access to information contained
in data bases or otherwise stored in machine-readable form in the territory of either Party.
4. Notwithstanding paragraph 3, a Party may take such measures as are
necessary to
(a) ensure the security and confidentiality of messages; or
(b) protect the privacy of customer proprietary network information; subject to the requirement that such measures are not applied in a
manner that would constitute a means of arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination or a disguised
restriction on trade in services.
ARTICLE 9.3 :
INTERCONNECTION WITH SUPPLIERS OF
PUBLIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
1. Each Party shall ensure that suppliers of public telecommunications
services in its territory provide, directly or indirectly, interconnection with the
facilities and equipment of suppliers of public telecommunications services of the other Party.
2. In carrying out paragraph 1, each Party shall ensure that suppliers
of public telecommunications services in its territory take reasonable steps to
protect the confidentiality of proprietary information of, or relating to, suppliers and end-users of
public telecommunications services and only use such information for the purpose of providing
public telecommunications services.
ARTICLE 9.4 :
CONDUCT OF MAJOR SUPPLIERS9-3
9-4
Treatment by Major Suppliers
1. Each Party shall ensure that any major supplier in its territory
accords suppliers of public telecommunications services of the other Party treatment no less
favorable than such major
supplier accords to itself, its subsidiaries, its affiliates, or any
non-affiliated service supplier regarding:
(a) the availability, provisioning, rates, or quality of like public
telecommunications services; and
(b) the availability of technical interfaces necessary for
interconnection. A Party shall assess such treatment on the basis of whether such
suppliers of public telecommunications services, subsidiaries, affiliates, and
non-affiliated service suppliers are in like circumstances.
Competitive Safeguards
2.
(a) Each Party shall maintain appropriate measures for the purpose
of preventing suppliers of public telecommunications services who, alone or together,
are a major supplier in its territory from engaging in or continuing
anti-competitive practices.
(b) For purposes of subparagraph (a), anti-competitive practices
include:
(i) engaging in anti-competitive cross-subsidization;
(ii) using information obtained from competitors with anti-competitive
results; and
(iii) not making available, on a timely basis, to suppliers of public telecommunications services, technical information about essential facilities and commercially relevant information that is necessary for
them to provide public telecommunications services.
Unbundling of Network Elements
3.
(a) Recognizing that both Parties currently provide for access to
unbundled network elements, each Party shall provide its telecommunications regulatory
body the authority to require that major suppliers in its territory provide
suppliers of public telecommunications services of the other Party access to network
elements on an unbundled basis at terms, conditions, and cost-oriented rates, that are
reasonable, non-discriminatory (including with respect to timeliness), and
transparent for the supply of public telecommunications services.
(b) Which network elements will be required to be made available in the
territory of a Party, and which suppliers may obtain such elements, shall be
determined in accordance with national law and regulation.
(c) In determining the network elements to be made available, a Party�s telecommunications regulatory body shall consider, at a minimum, in
accordance with national law and regulation:
(i) whether access to such network elements as are proprietary in
nature are necessary; and whether the failure to provide access to such network elements would impair the ability of suppliers of public telecommunications services of the other Party to provide the services
it seeks to offer; or
(ii) whether the network elements can be replicated or obtained from
other sources at reasonable rates, such that the unavailability of these
network elements from the major supplier will not impair the ability of other suppliers of public telecommunications services to provide a competing service; or
(iii) whether the network elements are technically or operationally
required for the provision of a competing service; or
(iv) other factors as established in national law;
as that body construes these factors.
Co-Location
4.
(a) Each Party shall ensure that major suppliers in its territory
provide to suppliers of public telecommunications services of the other Party physical
co-location, at premises owned or controlled by the major supplier, of equipment
necessary for interconnection or access to unbundled network elements on terms and conditions, and at cost-oriented rates, that are reasonable,
non-discriminatory (including with respect to timeliness), and transparent.
(b) Where physical co-location is not practical for technical reasons
or because of space limitations, each Party shall ensure that major suppliers in its
territory provide or facilitate virtual co-location on terms and conditions, and
at cost-oriented rates, that are reasonable, non-discriminatory (including with respect
to timeliness), and transparent.
(c) Each Party may determine, in accordance with national law and
regulation, which premises in its territory shall be subject to subparagraphs (a) and (b)
Resale
5. Each Party shall ensure that major suppliers in its territory:
(a) offer for resale, at reasonable9-5 rates, to suppliers of public telecommunications services of the other Party, public telecommunications services that
such major supplier provides at retail to end-users; and
(b) do not impose unreasonable or discriminatory conditions or
limitations on the resale of such public telecommunications services.9-6
Poles, Ducts, and Conduits
6.
(a) Each Party shall ensure that major suppliers in its territory
provide access to poles, ducts, and conduits, owned or controlled by such major suppliers
to suppliers of public telecommunications services of the other Party,
under terms, conditions, and cost-oriented9-7 rates, that are reasonable, non-discriminatory (including with respect to timeliness), and transparent.
(b) Nothing shall prevent a Party from determining, under its domestic
law and regulation, which particular structures owned or controlled by the
major suppliers in its territory, are required to be made available in accordance with
paragraph (a) provided that this is based on a determination that such structures
cannot feasibly be economically or technically substituted in order to provide a
competing service.
Number Portability
7. Each Party shall ensure that major suppliers in its territory
provide number portability to the extent technically feasible, on a timely basis and on reasonable
terms and conditions.
Interconnection
8.
(a) General Terms and Conditions Each Party shall ensure that any major supplier in its territory
provides interconnection for the facilities and equipment of suppliers of public telecommunications services of the other Party:
(i) at any technically feasible point in the major supplier�s network;
(ii) under non-discriminatory terms, conditions (including technical
standards and specifications), and rates;
(iii) of a quality no less favorable than that provided by such major
supplier for its own like services or for like services of non-affiliated suppliers
of public telecommunications services or for its subsidiaries or other affiliates;
(iv) in a timely fashion, on terms, conditions, (including technical
standards and specifications), and cost-oriented rates, that are transparent, reasonable, having regard to economic feasibility, and sufficiently unbundled so that the supplier need not pay for network components or facilities that it does not require for the service to be provided; and
(v) upon request, at points in addition to the network termination
points offered to the majority of suppliers of public telecommunications
services, subject to charges that reflect the cost of construction of necessary additional facilities.9-8
(b) Options for Interconnecting with Major Suppliers Each Party shall ensure that suppliers of public telecommunications
services of the other Party may interconnect their facilities and equipment with
those of major suppliers in its territory pursuant to at least one of the
following options:
(i) a reference interconnection offer or another standard
interconnection offer containing the rates, terms, and conditions that the major supplier
offers generally to suppliers of public telecommunications services; or
(ii) the terms and conditions of an existing interconnection agreement
or through negotiation of a new interconnection agreement.
(c) Public Availability of Interconnection Offers Each Party shall require each major supplier in its territory to make
publicly available either a reference interconnection offer or another standard interconnection offer containing the rates, terms, and conditions that
the major supplier offers generally to suppliers of public telecommunications
services.
(d) Public Availability of the Procedures for Interconnection
Negotiations Each Party shall make publicly available the applicable procedures for interconnection negotiations with major suppliers in its territory.
(e) Public Availability of Interconnection Agreements Concluded with
Major Suppliers
(i) Each Party shall require major suppliers in its territory to file
all interconnection agreements to which they are party with its telecommunications regulatory body.
(ii) Each Party shall make available for inspection to suppliers of
public telecommunications services which are seeking interconnection, interconnection agreements in force between a major supplier in its territory and any other supplier of public telecommunications services
in such territory, including interconnection agreements concluded between
a major supplier and its affiliates and subsidiaries.
(f) Resolution of Interconnection Disputes Each Party shall ensure that suppliers of public telecommunications
services of the other Party, that have requested interconnection with a major
supplier in the Party�s territory have recourse to a telecommunications regulatory body
to resolve disputes regarding the terms, conditions, and rates for interconnection
within a reasonable and publicly available period of time.
Provisioning and Pricing of Leased Circuits Services9-9
9.
(a) Each Party shall ensure that major suppliers of leased circuits
services in its territory provide enterprises of the other Party leased circuits
services that are public telecommunications services, on terms and conditions under
pricing structures, and at rates that are reasonable, non-discriminatory
(including with respect to timeliness), and transparent.
(b) Each Party may determine whether rates for leased circuits services
in its territory are reasonable by taking into account the rates of like leased circuits
services in comparable markets in other countries.
ARTICLE 9.5 :
SUBMARINE CABLE LANDING STATIONS
1. Where under national law and regulation, a Party has authorized a
supplier of public telecommunications services in its territory to operate a submarine
cable system (including the landing facilities and services) as a public telecommunications
service, that Party shall ensure that such supplier provides that public telecommunications service9-10 to suppliers of public telecommunications services of the other Party on reasonable terms,
conditions, and rates that are no less favorable than such supplier offers to any other supplier of
public telecommunications services in like circumstances.
2. Where submarine cable landing facilities and services cannot be
economically or technically substituted, and a major supplier of public international
telecommunication services that controls such cable landing facilities and services has the
ability to materially affect the price and supply for those facilities and services for the provision of
public telecommunications services in a Party�s territory, the Party shall ensure that such major
supplier:
(a) permits suppliers of public telecommunications services of the
other Party to:
(i) use the major supplier�s cross-connect links in the submarine cable landing station to connect their equipment to backhaul links and submarine cable capacity of any supplier of telecommunications; and
(ii) co-locate their transmission and routing equipment used for
accessing submarine cable capacity and backhaul links at the submarine cable landing station at terms, conditions, and cost-oriented rates, that are reasonable and non-discriminatory; and
(b) provides suppliers of telecommunications of the other Party
submarine cable capacity, backhaul links, and cross-connect links in the submarine
cable landing station at terms, conditions, and rates that are reasonable and
non-discriminatory.
ARTICLE 9.6 :
INDEPENDENT REGULATION AND
PRIVATIZATION
1. Each Party shall ensure that its telecommunications regulatory body
is separate from, and not accountable to, any supplier of public telecommunications services.
To this end, each Party shall ensure that its telecommunications regulatory body does not hold
any financial interest or maintain an operating role in such a supplier.
2. Each Party shall ensure that the decisions of, and procedures used
by its telecommunications regulatory body are impartial with respect to all
interested persons. To this end, each Party shall ensure that any financial interest that it holds
in a supplier of public telecommunications services does not influence the decisions of and
procedures of its telecommunications regulatory body.
3. Where a Party has an ownership interest in a supplier of public
telecommunications services, it shall notify the other Party of any intention to eliminate
such interest as soon as feasible.
ARTICLE 9.7 :
UNIVERSAL SERVICE
Each Party shall administer any universal service obligation that it
maintains in a transparent, non-discriminatory, and competitively neutral manner and shall ensure that its universal
service obligation is not more burdensome than necessary for the kind of
universal service that it has defined.
ARTICLE 9.8 :
LICENSING PROCESS
1. When a Party requires a supplier of public telecommunications
services to have a license, the Party shall make publicly available:
(a) all the licensing criteria and procedures it applies;
(b) the period of time normally required to reach a decision concerning
an application for a license; and
(c) the terms and conditions of all licenses it has issued.
2. Each Party shall ensure that an applicant receives, upon request,
the reasons for the denial of a license.
ARTICLE 9.9 :
ALLOCATION AND USE OF SCARCE
RESOURCES9-11
1. Each Party shall administer its procedures for the allocation and
use of scarce resources, including frequencies, numbers, and rights of way, in an objective,
timely, transparent, and non-discriminatory fashion.
2. Each Party shall make publicly available the current state of
allocated frequency bands but shall not be required to provide detailed identification of frequencies
assigned or allocated by each government for specific government uses.
ARTICLE 9.10 :
ENFORCEMENT
Each Party shall ensure that its telecommunications regulatory body
maintains appropriate procedures and authority to enforce domestic measures relating to the
obligations under Articles 9.2 through 9.5. Such procedures and authority shall include the
ability to impose effective sanctions, which may include financial penalties, injunctive relief (on
an interim or final basis), or modification, suspension, and revocation of licenses.
ARTICLE 9.11 :
RESOLUTION OF DOMESTIC
TELECOMMUNICATIONS DISPUTES
Further to Articles 19.5 (Administrative Proceedings) and 19.6 (Review
and Appeal), each Party shall ensure the following:
Recourse to Telecommunications Regulatory Bodies
1. Each Party shall ensure that enterprises of the other Party have
recourse (within a reasonable period of time) to a telecommunications regulatory body or
other relevant body to resolve disputes arising under domestic measures addressing a matter
set out in Articles 9.2 through 9.5.
Reconsideration
2. Each Party shall ensure that any enterprise aggrieved or whose
interests are adversely affected by a determination or decision of the telecommunications
regulatory body may petition that body for reconsideration of that determination or decision.
Neither Party may permit such a petition to constitute grounds for non-compliance with such
determination or decision of the telecommunications regulatory body unless an appropriate authority
stays such determination or decision.
Judicial Review
3. Each Party shall ensure that any enterprise aggrieved by a
determination or decision of the telecommunications regulatory body may obtain judicial review of such
determination or decision by an impartial and independent judicial authority.
ARTICLE 9.12 :
TRANSPARENCY
Further to Chapter 19 (Transparency), each Party shall ensure that:
1. rulemakings, including the basis for such rulemakings, of its
telecommunications regulatory body and end-user tariffs filed with its telecommunications
regulatory body are promptly published or otherwise made available to all interested
persons;
2. interested persons are provided with adequate advance public notice
of and the opportunity to comment on any rulemaking proposed by the
telecommunications regulatory body;
3. its measures relating to public telecommunications services are made
publicly available, including:
(a) tariffs and other terms and conditions of service;
(b) specifications of technical interfaces;
(c) conditions applying to attachment of terminal or other equipment to
the public telecommunications transport network; and
(d) notification, permit, registration, or licensing requirements, if
any; and
4. information on bodies responsible for preparing, amending, and
adopting standards-related measures is made publicly available.
ARTICLE 9.13 :
FLEXIBILITY IN THE CHOICE OF
TECHNOLOGIES
A Party shall endeavor not to prevent suppliers of public
telecommunications services from having the flexibility to choose the technologies that they use to supply
their services, including commercial mobile services, subject to the ability of each Party to
take measures to ensure that end-users of different networks are able to communicate with each
other.
ARTICLE 9.14 :
FORBEARANCE AND MINIMAL REGULATORY
ENVIRONMENT
The Parties recognize the importance of relying on market forces to
achieve wide choice and efficient supply of telecommunications services. To this end, each
Party may forbear from applying regulation to a telecommunications service that such Party
classifies, under its laws and regulations, as a public telecommunications service upon a
determination by its telecommunications regulatory body that:
(a) enforcement of such regulation is not necessary to prevent
unreasonable or discriminatory practices;
(b) enforcement of such regulation is not necessary for the protection
of consumers; and
(c) forbearance is consistent with the public interest, including
promoting and enhancing competition among suppliers of public telecommunications
services.
ARTICLE 9.15 :
RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER CHAPTERS
In the event of any inconsistency between this Chapter and another
Chapter, this Chapter shall prevail to the extent of such inconsistency.
ARTICLE 9.16 :
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. backhaul links means end-to-end transmission links from a
submarine cable landing station to another primary point of access to the Party�s public
telecommunications transport network;
2. physical co-location means physical access to and control
over space in order to install, maintain, or repair equipment used to provide public telecommunications
services;
3. cost-oriented means based on cost, and may include a
reasonable profit, and may involve different cost methodologies for different facilities or services;
4. commercial mobile services means public telecommunications
services supplied through mobile wireless means;
5. cross-connect links means the links in a submarine cable
landing station used to connect submarine cable capacity to the transmission, switching and routing
equipment of different suppliers of public telecommunications services co-located in that
submarine cable landing station;
6. customer proprietary network information means information
made available to the supplier of public telecommunications services by the end-user solely
by virtue of the end-user-telecommunications service supplier relationship. This includes information regarding the
end-user�s calling patterns (including the quantity, technical configuration,
type, destination, location, and amount of use of the service) and other information that appears on
or may pertain to an end-user�s telephone bill;
7. end-user means a final consumer of or subscriber to a public
telecommunications service, including a service supplier but excluding a supplier of public
telecommunications services;
8. enterprise means an entity constituted or organized under
applicable law, whether or not for profit, and whether privately or government owned or controlled.
Forms that an enterprise may take include a corporation, trust, partnership, sole proprietorship,
branch, joint venture, association, or similar organization;
9. essential facilities means facilities of a public
telecommunications transport network or service that:
(a) are exclusively or predominantly provided by a single or limited
number of suppliers; and
(b) cannot feasibly be economically or technically substituted in order
to provide a service;
10. interconnection means linking with suppliers providing
public telecommunications transport networks or services in order to allow the users of one
supplier to communicate with users of another supplier and to access services provided by another
supplier;
11. leased circuits means telecommunications facilities between
two or more designated points which are set aside for the dedicated use of or availability to
a particular customer or other users of the customer�s choosing;
12. major supplier means a supplier of public telecommunications
services that has the ability to materially affect the terms of participation (having regard
to price and supply) in the relevant market for public telecommunications services as a result of:
(a) control over essential facilities; or
(b) use of its position in the market;
13. network element means a facility or equipment used in the
provision of a public telecommunications service, including features, functions, and
capabilities that are provided by means of such facility or equipment;
14. non-discriminatory means treatment no less favorable than
that accorded to any other user of like public telecommunications transport networks or services in
like circumstances;
15. number portability means the ability of end-users of public
telecommunications services to retain, at the same location, existing telephone numbers without
impairment of quality, reliability, or convenience when switching between like suppliers of
public telecommunications services;
16. person means either a natural person or an enterprise;
17. public telecommunications transport network means
telecommunications infrastructure which a Party requires to provide public telecommunications services
between defined network termination points;
18. public telecommunications service means any
telecommunications service (which a Party may define to include certain facilities used to deliver these
telecommunications services) that a Party requires, explicitly or in effect, to be offered to the public
generally. Such services may include inter alia, telephone and data transmission typically involving
customer-supplied information between two or more points without any end-to-end change in
the form or content of the customer�s information;9-12
19. reference interconnection offer means an interconnection
offer extended by a major supplier and filed with or approved by a telecommunications regulatory
body that is sufficiently detailed to enable a supplier of public telecommunications services
that is willing to accept its rates, terms, and conditions to obtain interconnection without having
to engage in negotiations with the major supplier concerned;
20. service supplier means any person that supplies a service;
21. submarine cable landing station means the premises and
buildings where international submarine cables arrive and terminate and are connected to backhaul
links;
22. supplier of public telecommunications services means any
provider of public telecommunications services, including those who provide such services
to other suppliers of public telecommunications services;9-13
23. telecommunications means the transmission and reception of
signals by any electromagnetic means;9-14
24. telecommunications regulatory body means a national body
responsible for the regulation of telecommunications; and
25. user means an end-user or a supplier of public
telecommunications services.
CHAPTER 10 : FINANCIAL SERVICES
ARTICLE 10.1 :
SCOPE AND COVERAGE
1. This Chapter applies to measures adopted or maintained by a Party
relating to:
(a) financial institutions of the other Party;
(b) investors of the other Party, and investments of such investors, in
financial institutions in the Party�s territory; and
(c) cross-border trade in financial services.
2. Chapters 8 (Cross-Border Trade in Services) and 15 (Investment)
apply to measures described in paragraph 1 only to the extent that such Chapters or
Articles of such Chapters are incorporated into this Chapter.
(a) Articles 8.11 (Denial of Benefits), 15.6 (Expropriation),10-1
15.7 (Transfers), 15.10 (Investment and Environment), 15.11 (Denial of Benefits), and
15.13 (Special Formalities and Information Requirements) are hereby
incorporated into and made a part of this Chapter.
(b) Section C of Chapter 15 (Investor-State Dispute Settlement) is
hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Chapter solely for claims
that a Party has breached Articles 15.6 (Expropriation), 15.7 (Transfers), 15.11 (Denial
of Benefits), and 15.13 (Special Formalities and Information
Requirements), as incorporated into this Chapter.
(c) Article 8.10 (Transfers and Payments), is incorporated into and
made a part of this Chapter to the extent that cross-border trade in financial services is
subject to obligations pursuant to Article 10.5.
3. This Chapter does not apply to measures adopted or maintained by a
Party relating to:
(a) activities or services forming part of a public retirement plan or
statutory system of social security; or
(b) activities or services conducted for the account or with the
guarantee or using the financial resources of the Party, including its public entities,
except that this Chapter shall apply if a Party allows any of the
activities or services referred to in subparagraphs (a) or (b) to be conducted by its financial institutions
in competition with a public entity or a financial institution.
4. This Chapter does not apply to laws, regulations or requirements
governing the procurement by government agencies of financial services purchased for
governmental purposes and not with a view to commercial resale or use in the supply of
services for commercial sale.
ARTICLE 10.2 :
NATIONAL TREATMENT
1. Each Party shall accord to investors of the other Party treatment no
less favorable than that it accords to its own investors, in like circumstances, with
respect to the establishment, acquisition, expansion, management, conduct, operation, and sale or
other disposition of financial institutions and investments in financial institutions in its
territory.
2. Each Party shall accord to financial institutions of the other Party
and to investments of investors of the other Party in financial institutions treatment no
less favorable than that it accords to its own financial institutions, and to investments of its
own investors in financial institutions, in like circumstances, with respect to the establishment,
acquisition, expansion, management, conduct, operation, and sale or other disposition of
financial institutions and investments.
3. For purposes of the national treatment obligations in Article
10.5.1, a Party shall accord to cross-border financial service suppliers of the other Party
treatment no less favorable than that it accords to its own financial service suppliers, in like
circumstances, with respect to the supply of the relevant service.
ARTICLE 10.3 :
MOST-FAVORED-NATION
TREATMENT
1. Each Party shall accord to investors of the other Party, financial
institutions of the other Party, investments of investors in financial institutions, and
cross-border financial service suppliers of the other Party treatment no less favorable than that it
accords to the investors, financial institutions, investments of investors in financial
institutions and cross-border financial service suppliers of a non-Party, in like circumstances.
2. A Party may recognize prudential measures of the other Party or of a
non-Party in the application of measures covered by this Chapter. Such recognition may
be:
(a) accorded unilaterally;
(b) achieved through harmonization or other means; or
(c) based upon an agreement or arrangement with the non-Party.
3. A Party according recognition of prudential measures under paragraph
2 shall provide adequate opportunity to the other Party to demonstrate that
circumstances exist in which there are or would be equivalent regulation, oversight, implementation of
regulation, and, if appropriate, procedures concerning the sharing of information between
the Parties.
4. Where a Party accords recognition of prudential measures under
paragraph 2(c) and the circumstances set out in paragraph 3 exist, the Party shall provide
adequate opportunity to the other Party to negotiate accession to the agreement or arrangement, or
to negotiate a comparable agreement or arrangement.
ARTICLE 10.4 :
MARKET ACCESS FOR FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
A Party shall not adopt or maintain, with respect to financial
institutions of the other Party,10-2 either on the basis of a regional subdivision or on the basis of its
entire territory, measures that:
(a) impose limitations on
(i) the number of financial institutions whether in the form of
numerical quotas, monopolies, exclusive service suppliers or the requirements of
an economic needs test;
(ii) the total value of financial service transactions or assets in the
form of numerical quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test;
(iii) the total number of financial service operations or the total
quantity of financial services output expressed in terms of designated numerical
units in the form of quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test; or
(iv) the total number of natural persons that may be employed in a
particular financial service sector or that a financial institution may employ and
who are necessary for, and directly related to, the supply of a specific
financial service in the form of a numerical quota or the requirement of an economic needs test; or
(b) restrict or require specific types of legal entity or joint venture
through which a financial institution may supply a service.
ARTICLE 10.5 :
CROSS-BORDER
TRADE IN FINANCIAL SERVICES
1. Each Party shall permit, under terms and conditions that accord
national treatment, cross-border financial service suppliers of the other Party to supply
the services it has specified in Annex 10A.
2. Each Party shall permit persons located in its territory, and its
nationals wherever located, to purchase financial services from cross-border financial service
suppliers of the other Party located in the territory of the other Party. This obligation does not
require a Party to permit such suppliers to do business or solicit in its territory. Each Party may
define "doing business" and "solicitation" for purposes of this obligation, as long as such
definitions are not inconsistent with paragraph 1.
ARTICLE 10.6 :
NEW FINANCIAL SERVICES
Each Party shall permit a financial institution of the other Party to
supply any new financial service that the first Party would permit its own financial
institutions, in like circumstances, to supply without additional legislative action by the first Party.
Notwithstanding Article 10.4(b), a Party may determine the institutional and juridical form through which
the new financial service may be supplied and may require authorization for the supply of the
service. Where a Party requires such authorization of the new financial service, a decision
shall be made within a reasonable time and the authorization may only be refused for
prudential reasons.10-3
ARTICLE 10.7 :
TREATMENT OF CERTAIN INFORMATION
Nothing in this Chapter requires a Party to furnish or allow access to:
(a) information related to the financial affairs and accounts of
individual customers of financial institutions or cross-border financial service suppliers; or
(b) any confidential information, the disclosure of which would impede
law enforcement or otherwise be contrary to the public interest or
prejudice legitimate commercial interests of particular enterprises.
ARTICLE 10.8 :
SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND BOARDS OF
DIRECTORS
1. A Party may not require financial institutions of the other Party10-4 to engage individuals of any particular nationality as senior managerial or other essential
personnel.
2. A Party may not require that more than a simple majority of the board of
directors of a
financial institution of the other Party be composed of nationals of the Party,
persons residing in
the territory of the Party, or a combination thereof.
ARTICLE 10.9 : NON-CONFORMING MEASURES
1. Articles 10.2 through 10.5 and 10.8 do not apply to:
(a) any existing non-conforming measure that is maintained by a Party at
(i) the central level of government, and set out by that Party in its Schedule
to
Annex 10B,
(ii) a regional level of government, and set out by that Party in its Schedule
to
Annex 10B, or
(iii) a local level of government;
(b) the continuation or prompt renewal of any non-conforming measure referred to
in
subparagraph (a); or
(c) an amendment to any non-conforming measure referred to in subparagraph (a)
to the extent that the amendment does not decrease the conformity of the
measure, as it existed immediately before the amendment, with Articles 10.2
through 10.4 and 10.8.
2.
Annex 10C sets out certain specific commitments by each Party.
3. A non-conforming measure set out in a Party�s Schedule to Annex 8A or 8B as a
measure
to which Article 8.3 (National Treatment), 8.4 (Most-Favored-Nation Treatment),
8.5 (Market
Access), or 15.4 (National Treatment and Most-Favored-Nation Treatment) does not
apply shall
be treated as a non-conforming measure described in paragraph 1(a) to which
Article 10.2, 10.3,
or 10.4, as the case may be, does not apply, to the extent that the measure,
sector, sub-sector or
activity set out in the schedule of non-conforming measures is covered by this
Chapter.
ARTICLE 10.10 : EXCEPTIONS
1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter or Chapters 9
(Telecommunications), 14 (Electronic Commerce), or 15 (Investment), including
specifically
Article 9.15 (Relationship to Other Chapters), and in addition Article 8.2.2
(Scope and
Coverage) with respect to the supply of financial services in the territory of a
Party by an
investor of the other Party or a covered investment, a Party shall not be
prevented from adopting
or maintaining measures for prudential reasons,10-5
including for the protection of investors, depositors, policy holders or persons to whom a fiduciary duty is owed by a
financial institution or cross-border financial service supplier, or to ensure the integrity and
stability of the financial system. Where such measures do not conform with the provisions of this
Agreement referred to in this paragraph, they shall not be used as a means of avoiding the Party�s
commitments or obligations under such provisions.
2. Nothing in this Chapter or Chapters 9 (Telecommunications), 14 (Electronic
Commerce), or 15 (Investment), including specifically Article 9.15 (Relationship to
Other Chapters), and in addition Article 8.2.2 (Scope and Coverage) with respect to the supply of
financial services in the territory of a Party by an investor of the other Party or a covered
investment, applies to non-discriminatory measures of general application taken by any public entity in pursuit of
monetary and related credit policies or exchange rate policies. This paragraph shall
not affect a Party�s obligations under Article 8.10 (Transfers and Payments), Article15.7
(Transfers), or Article 15.8 (Performance Requirements).
3. Notwithstanding Articles 8.10 (Transfers and Payments) and 15.7
(Transfers), as incorporated into this Chapter, a Party may prevent or limit transfers by a
financial institution or cross-border financial service supplier to, or for the benefit of, an
affiliate of or person related to such institution or supplier, through the equitable, non-discriminatory and
good faith application of measures relating to maintenance of the safety, soundness, integrity or
financial responsibility of financial institutions or cross-border financial service suppliers. This
paragraph does not prejudice any other provision of this Agreement that permits a Party to
restrict transfers.
4. For greater certainty, nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to
prevent the adoption or enforcement by a Party of measures necessary to secure compliance with laws
or regulations that are not inconsistent with this Chapter including those relating to the
prevention of deceptive and fraudulent practices or to deal with the effects of a default on financial
services contracts, subject to the requirement that such measures are not applied in a manner which would
constitute a means of arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination between countries where
like conditions prevail, or a disguised restriction on investment in financial institutions
or cross-border trade in financial services.
ARTICLE 10.11: TRANSPARENCY
1. The Parties recognize that transparent regulations and policies governing
the activities of financial institutions and cross-border financial service suppliers are
important in facilitating the ability of financial institutions located outside the territory of the Party,
financial institutions of the other Party, and cross-border financial service suppliers to gain access
to and operate in each other�s markets. Each Party commits to promote regulatory transparency in
financial services. Accordingly, the Financial Services Committee established under Article 10.16
shall consult with the goal of promoting objective and transparent regulatory processes in
each Party, taking into account (1) the work undertaken by the Parties in the General Agreement
on Trade in Services and the Parties� work in other fora relating to trade in financial
services and (2) the.101 importance for regulatory transparency of identifiable policy objectives and
clear and consistently applied regulatory processes that are communicated or otherwise
made available to the public.
2. In lieu of Article 19.3.2 (Publication), each Party shall, to the extent
practicable,
(a) publish in advance any regulations of general application relating to the
subject matter of this Chapter that it proposes to adopt; and
(b) provide interested persons and the other Party a reasonable opportunity
to comment on such proposed regulations.
3. Each Party�s regulatory authorities shall make available to interested
persons their requirements, including any documentation required, for completing
applications relating to the supply of financial services.
4. On the request of an applicant, the regulatory authority shall inform the
applicant of the
status of its application. If such authority requires additional information
from the applicant, it
shall notify the applicant without undue delay.
5. A regulatory authority shall make an administrative decision on a
completed application
of an investor in a financial institution, a financial institution or a
cross-border financial service
supplier of the other Party relating to the supply of a financial service
within 120 days, and shall
promptly notify the applicant of the decision. An application shall not be
considered complete
until all relevant hearings are held and all necessary information is
received. Where it is not
practicable for a decision to be made within 120 days, the regulatory
authority shall notify the
applicant without undue delay and shall endeavor to make the decision within
a reasonable time thereafter.
6. Each Party shall maintain or establish appropriate mechanisms that will
respond to
inquiries from interested persons regarding measures of general application
covered by this
Chapter.
7. Each Party shall ensure that the rules of general application adopted or
maintained by
self-regulatory organizations of the Party are promptly published or
otherwise made available in
such a manner as to enable interested persons to become acquainted with them.
8. To the extent practicable, each Party should allow reasonable time between
publication of
final regulations and their effective date.
9. At the time it adopts final regulations, a Party should, to the extent
practicable, address in
writing substantive comments received from interested persons with respect to
the proposed
regulations..102
ARTICLE 10.12: SELF-REGULATORY
ORGANIZATIONS
Where a Party requires a financial institution or a cross-border financial
service supplier of the
other Party to be a member of, participate in, or have access to, a
self-regulatory organization to
provide a financial service in or into the territory of that Party, the Party
shall ensure observance
of the obligations of Articles 10.2 and 10.3 by such self-regulatory
organization.
ARTICLE 10.13: PAYMENT AND CLEARING SYSTEMS
Under terms and conditions that accord national treatment, each Party shall
grant to financial
institutions of the other Party established in its territory access to
payment and clearing systems
operated by public entities, and to official funding and refinancing
facilities available in the
normal course of ordinary business. This paragraph is not intended to confer
access to the
Party�s lender of last resort facilities.
ARTICLE 10.14: DOMESTIC REGULATION
Except with respect to non-conforming measures listed in its schedule to
Annex 10B, each Party
shall ensure that all measures of general application to which this Chapter
applies are administered in a reasonable, objective and impartial manner.
ARTICLE 10.15: EXPEDITED AVAILABILITY OF INSURANCE
SERVICES
The Parties recognize the importance of maintaining and developing regulatory
procedures to
expedite the offering of insurance services by licensed suppliers. The
Parties recognize the
importance of consulting, as necessary, regarding any such initiatives.
ARTICLE 10.16: FINANCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE
1. The Parties hereby establish a Financial Services Committee. The principal
representative of each Party shall be an official of the Party�s authority
responsible for financial services set out in Annex 10D.
2. The Committee shall:
(a) supervise the implementation of this Chapter and its further elaboration;
(b) consider issues regarding financial services that are referred to it by a
Party; and
(c) participate in the dispute settlement procedures in accordance with
Article 10.18.
3. The Committee shall meet annually, or as otherwise agreed, to assess the
functioning of this Agreement as it applies to financial services. The Committee shall
inform the Joint Committee established under Article 20.1 (Joint Committee) of the results of
each meeting.
ARTICLE 10.17: CONSULTATIONS 1. A Party may request consultations with the other Party regarding any
matter arising under this Agreement that affects financial services. The other Party shall give
sympathetic consideration to the request. The Parties shall report the results of their
consultations to the Financial Services Committee.
2. Consultations under this Article shall include officials of the
authorities specified in Annex 10D.
ARTICLE 10.18: DISPUTE SETTLEMENT
1. Article 20.4 (Additional Dispute Settlement Procedures) applies as
modified by this Article to the settlement of disputes arising under this Chapter.
2. When a Party claims that a dispute arises under this Chapter, Article
20.4.4(a) (Additional Dispute Settlement Procedures) shall apply, except that:
(a) where the Parties so agree, the panel shall be composed entirely of
panelists meeting the qualifications in paragraph 3;
(b) in any other case,
(i) each Party may select panelists meeting the qualifications set out in paragraph 3 or Article 20.4.4(c) (Additional Dispute Settlement
Procedures), and
(ii) if the Party complained against invokes Article 10.10 (Exceptions), the chair of the panel shall meet the qualifications set out in paragraph 3, unless the Parties agree otherwise.
3. Financial services panelists shall:
(a) have expertise or experience in financial services law or practice, which
may include the regulation of financial institutions;
(b) be chosen strictly on the basis of objectivity, reliability and sound
judgment; and
(c) meet the qualifications set out in Article 20.4.4(b)(ii) and
20.4.4(b)(iii)
(Additional Dispute Settlement Procedures).
4. Notwithstanding Article 20.6 (Non-Implementation), where a Panel finds a
measure to be inconsistent with this Agreement and the measure under dispute affects:
(a) only the financial services sector, the complaining Party may suspend
benefits only in the financial services sector;.104
(b) the financial services sector and any other sector, the complaining Party
may suspend benefits in the financial services sector that have an effect
equivalent to the effect of the measure in the Party�s financial services sector; or (c) only a sector other than the financial services sector, the complaining
Party may not suspend benefits in the financial services sector.
ARTICLE 10.19: INVESTMENT DISPUTES IN FINANCIAL
SERVICES
1. Where an investor of a Party submits a claim under Section C of Chapter 15
(Investor-State Dispute Settlement) against the other Party and the respondent invokes
Article 10.10, on request of the respondent, the tribunal shall refer the matter in writing to
the Financial Services Committee for a decision. The tribunal may not proceed pending receipt of a
decision or report under this Article.
2. In a referral pursuant to paragraph 1, the Financial Services Committee
shall decide the issue of whether and to what extent Article 10.10 is a valid defense to the
claim of the investor. The Committee shall transmit a copy of its decision to the tribunal and to
the Joint Committee. The decision shall be binding on the tribunal.
3. Where the Financial Services Committee has not decided the issue within 60
days of the receipt of the referral under paragraph 1, the respondent or the Party of the
claimant may request the establishment of a panel under Article 20.4.4 (Additional Dispute
Settlement Procedures). The panel shall be constituted in accordance with Article 10.18. The panel
shall transmit its final report to the Committee and to the tribunal. The report shall be binding on
the tribunal.
4. Where no request for the establishment of a panel pursuant to paragraph 3
has been made within 10 days of the expiration of the 60-day period referred to in
paragraph 3, a tribunal may proceed to decide the matter.
5. For purposes of this Article, tribunal means a tribunal established
pursuant to Section C of Chapter 15 (Investor-State Dispute Settlement).
ARTICLE 10.20: DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. central level means
(a) for the United States, the federal level, and
(b) for Singapore, the national level;
2. cross-border financial service supplier of a Party means a person
of a Party that is engaged in the business of supplying a financial service within the territory
of the Party and that seeks to supply or supplies financial services through the
cross-border supply of such services; 3. cross-border supply of a financial service or cross-border trade in
financial services
means the supply of a financial service:
(a) from the territory of one Party into the territory of the other Party,
(b) in the territory of one Party by a person of that Party to a person of
the other Party, or
(c) by a national of one Party in the territory of the other Party, but does not include the supply of a financial service in the territory of
one Party by an investor of the other Party, or investments of such investors, in financial
institutions in the Party�s territory.
4. financial institution means any financial intermediary or other
institution, that is authorized to do business and regulated or supervised as a financial
institution under the law of the Party in whose territory it is located;
5. financial institution of the other Party means a financial
institution, including a branch, located in the territory of a Party that is controlled by persons of the
other Party;
6. financial service means any service of a financial nature.
Financial services include all insurance and insurance-related services, and all banking and other financial
services (excluding insurance), as well as services incidental or auxiliary to a service of a
financial nature. Financial services include the following activities:
Insurance and insurance-related services
(a) Direct insurance (including co-insurance):
(i) life
(ii) non-life
(b) Reinsurance and retrocession;
(c) Insurance intermediation, such as brokerage and agency;
(d) Service auxiliary to insurance, such as consultancy, actuarial, risk
assessment and claim settlement services.
Banking and other financial services (excluding insurance)
(e) Acceptance of deposits and other repayable funds from the public;
(f) Lending of all types, including consumer credit, mortgage credit,
factoring and financing of commercial transactions;
(g) Financial leasing;
(h) All payment and money transmission services, including credit, charge and
debit cards, travelers checks and bankers drafts;
(i) Guarantees and commitments;
(j) Trading for own account or for account of customers, whether on an
exchange, in an over-the-counter market or otherwise, the following:
(i) money market instruments (including checks, bills, certificates of deposits);
(ii) foreign exchange;
(iii) derivative products including, but not limited to, futures and options;
(iv) exchange rate and interest rate instruments, including products such as swaps, forward rate agreements;
(v) transferable securities;
(vi) other negotiable instruments and financial assets, including bullion;
(k) Participation in issues of all kinds of securities, including
underwriting and placement as agent (whether publicly or privately) and supply of services
related to such issues;
(l) Money broking;
(m) Asset management, such as cash or portfolio management, all forms of
collective investment management, pension fund management, custodial, depository and trust services;
(n) Settlement and clearing services for financial assets, including
securities, derivative products, and other negotiable instruments;
(o) Provision and transfer of financial information, and financial data
processing and related software by suppliers of other financial services;
(p) Advisory, intermediation and other auxiliary financial services on all
the activities listed in subparagraphs (e) through (o), including credit reference and
analysis, investment and portfolio research and advice, advice on acquisitions and on corporate restructuring and strategy.
7. financial service supplier of a Party means a person of a Party
that is engaged in the business of supplying a financial service within the
territory of that Party;
8. investment means �investment� as defined in Article 15.1.13
(Definitions), except that, with respect to �loans� and �debt instruments� referred to in that Article:
(a) a loan to or debt instrument issued by a financial institution is an
investment only where it is treated as regulatory capital by the Party in whose territory the institution is located; and
(b) a loan granted by or debt instrument owned by a financial institution,
other than a loan to or debt instrument of a financial institution referred to in
subparagraph (a), is not an investment.
For greater certainty, a loan granted by or debt instrument owned by a
cross-border financial service supplier, other than a loan to or debt instrument issued by a
financial institution, is an investment if such loan or debt instrument meets the criteria for investments
set out in Article 15.1.13 (Definitions).
9. investor of a Party means a Party or state enterprise thereof, or a
person of that Party, that attempts to make, is making, or has made an investment in the territory
of the other Party; provided, however, that a natural person who is a dual national shall be
deemed to be exclusively a national of the State of his/her dominant and effective nationality;
10. new financial service means, for purposes of Article 10.6, a
financial service not supplied in the territory of the first Party that is supplied within the
territory of the other Party, and includes any new form of delivery of a financial service or the sale of a
financial product that is not sold in the first Party�s territory.
11. person of a Party means �person of a Party� as defined in Article
1.2 (General Definitions) and, for greater certainty, does not include a branch of an
institution of a non-party;
12. public entity means a central bank or monetary authority of a
Party, or any financial institution owned or controlled by a Party that is principally engaged in
carrying out governmental functions or activities for governmental purposes, not including
an entity principally engaged in supplying financial services on commercial terms; for
greater certainty, a public entity10-6 shall not be considered a designated monopoly or a government enterprise for purposes of Chapter 12 (Anticompetitive Business Conduct, Designated
Monopolies and Government Enterprises);
13. regional level means
(a) for the United States, the 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto
Rico, and (b) Singapore has no government at the regional level; for Singapore, �local government level� means entities with sub-national legislative or executive powers under domestic law, including Town Councils and Community Development Councils.
14. self-regulatory organization means any non-governmental body,
including any securities or futures exchange or market, clearing agency, other organization
or association, that exercises regulatory or supervisory authority over financial service
suppliers or financial institutions, by statute or delegation from central, regional or local
governments or authorities; for greater certainty, a self-regulatory organization shall not be considered
a designated monopoly for purposes of Chapter 12 (Anticompetitive Business Conduct,
Designated Monopolies and Government Enterprises).
ANNEX 10A
APPLICATION OF ARTICLE 10.5
UNITED STATES
Insurance and insurance-related services
1. For the United States, Article 10.5 applies to the cross-border supply of
or trade in financial services as defined in subparagraph (a) of the definition of
cross-border supply of financial services in Article 10.20 with respect to
(a) insurance of risks relating to:
(i) maritime shipping and commercial aviation and space launching and freight (including satellites), with such insurance to cover any or all of
the following: the goods being transported, the vehicle transporting the goods and any liability arising therefrom; and
(ii) goods in international transit;
(b) reinsurance and retrocession, services auxiliary to insurance as referred
to in subparagraph (d) of the definition of financial service, and insurance intermediation such as brokerage and agency as referred to in subparagraph
(c) of the definition of financial service.
2. For the United States, Article 10.5 applies to the cross-border supply of
or trade in financial services as defined in paragraph (c) of the definition of
cross-border supply of financial services in Article 10.20 with respect to insurance services.
Banking and other financial services (excluding insurance)
3. For the United States, Article 10.5 applies with respect to the provision
and transfer of financial information and financial data processing and related software as
referred to in subparagraph (o) of the definition of financial service, and advisory and
other auxiliary services, excluding intermediation, relating to banking and other financial services as
referred to in subparagraph (p) of the definition of financial service.
SINGAPORE
Insurance and insurance-related services
1. For Singapore, Article 10.5 applies to the cross-border supply of or trade
in financial services as defined in sub paragraph (a) of the definition of cross-border
supply of a financial service or cross-border trade in financial services in Article 10.20 with
respect to:
(a) reinsurance and retrocession; (b) services auxiliary to insurance comprising actuarial, loss adjustors,
average adjustors and consultancy services;
(c) insurance of �MAT� risks comprising
(i) maritime shipping and commercial aviation and space launching and freight (including satellites), with such insurance to cover any or all of
the following: the goods being transported, the vehicle transporting the goods and any liability arising therefrom; and
(ii) goods in international transit;
(d) reinsurance intermediation by brokerages; and
(e) MAT intermediation by brokerages.
2. For Singapore, Article 10.5 applies to the cross-border supply of or trade
in financial services as defined in subparagraph (c) of the definition of cross-border
supply of a financial service or cross-border trade in financial services in Article 10.20 with
respect to services auxiliary to insurance comprising actuarial, loss adjustors, average
adjustors and consultancy services.
Banking and other financial services (excluding insurance)
3. For Singapore, Article 10.5 applies with respect to
(a) financial leasing, provided that access to customer information of banks
in Singapore is limited to financial institutions licensed in Singapore;
(b) provision and transfer of financial information;
(c) provision of financial data processing and related software;
(d) trading in money market instruments, foreign exchange, exchange rate and interest rate instruments with financial institutions in Singapore;
(e) corporate finance advisory services, offered:
(i) to a related corporation or accredited investors only, provided that
clients do not engage in public offerings of securities on the basis of such advice, and that such advice is not disclosed to clients' shareholders who are not accredited investors or to the public; or
(ii) through a related corporation that is holding (or exempted from holding)
a capital markets services license to advise on corporate finance under the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289); and.111
(f) advisory and other auxiliary services, excluding intermediation and
services described in subparagraph (e), relating to banking and other financial
services referred to in subparagraph (p) in the definition of �financial service� in
Article 10.20 to the extent that such services are permitted in the future by
Singapore.
ANNEX 10B
INTRODUCTORY NOTE FOR THE SCHEDULE OF SINGAPORE TO ANNEX 10B
1. The Schedule of Singapore to Annex 10B sets out:
(a) in Section A, the headnotes that limit or clarify the commitments of
Singapore with respect to the obligations described in subparagraphs (i) � (v) of
paragraph
(b), and
(b) in Section B, pursuant to Article 10.9 (Non-Conforming Measures), the
existing measures of Singapore that are not subject to some or all of the obligations imposed by:
(i) Article 10.2 (National Treatment);
(ii) Article 10.3 (Most-Favored-Nation Treatment);
(iii) Article 10.4 (Market Access for Financial Institutions);
(iv) Article 10.5 (Cross-Border Trade);
(v) Article 10.8 (Senior Management and Boards of Directors).
2. Each entry in Section B as described in paragraph 1(b) sets out the
following elements:
(a) Type of reservation sets out the obligations referred to in
paragraph 1(b) with respect to which the entry is made;
(b) Level of government indicates the level of government maintaining
the listed measure(s);
(c) Measure identifies the laws, regulations or other measures for
which the entry is made. A measure cited in the measure element:
(i) means the measure as amended, continued or renewed as of the date of entry into force of this Agreement;
(ii) includes any subordinate measure adopted or maintained under the authority of and consistent with the measure;
(d) Description sets out the non-conforming aspects of the entry.
3. In accordance with Article 10.9.1(a), the articles of this Agreement
referred to by their titles in the Type of reservation element of an entry do not apply to
the law, regulation or other measures identified in the Measures element or described in the
Description element of that entry.
4. Both Parties agree that references in the Schedule of a Party to the Annex
to any enterprise or entity apply as well to any successor enterprise or entity,
which shall be entitled to benefit from any listing of a non-conforming measure
with respect to that enterprise or entity.
INTRODUCTORY NOTE FOR THE UNITED STATES SCHEDULE TO ANNEX 10B
Relating to Banking and Other Non-Insurance Financial Services
1. The Schedule of the United States to Annex 10B with respect to banking and
other non-insurance financial services sets out:
(a) in Section A, the headnotes that limit or clarify the commitments of the
United States with respect to the obligations described in subparagraphs (i)-(iv) of paragraph (b), and
(b) in Section B, pursuant to Article 10.9 (Non-Conforming Measures), the
existing measures of the United States that are not subject to some or all of the
obligations imposed by:
(i) Article 10.2 (National Treatment);
(ii) Article 10.3 (Most-Favored-Nation Treatment);
(iii) Article 10.4 (Market Access for Financial Institutions); or
(iv) Article 10.8 (Senior Management and Boards of Directors).
2. Each entry in Section B as described in paragraph 1(b) sets out the
following elements:
(a) Description of Non-Conforming Measures sets out the non-conforming
aspects of the entry and the subsector, financial institution, or activities covered
by the entry;
(b) Measures identifies the laws, regulations or other measures for
which the entry is made. A measure cited in the Measures element:
(i) means the measure as amended, continued or renewed as of the date of entry into force of this Agreement, and
(ii) includes any subordinate measure adopted or maintained under the authority of and consistent with the measure;
(c) Obligations Concerned indicates the obligations referred to in
paragraph 1(b) with respect to which the entry is made.
Relating to Insurance:
3. The Schedule of the United States to Annex 10B with respect to insurance
sets out:
(a) headnotes that limit or clarify the commitments of the United States with
respect to the obligations described in subparagraphs (i)-(v) of paragraph (b),
and.115
(b) pursuant to Article 10.9 (Non-Conforming Measures), a schedule of
existing measures of the United States that do not conform to some or all of the obligations imposed by:
(i) Article 10.2 (National Treatment);
(ii) Article 10.3 (Most-Favored-Nation Treatment);
(iii) Article 10.4 (Market Access for Financial Enterprises);
(iv) Article 10.5 (Cross-Border Trade); or
(v) Article 10.8 (Senior Management and Boards of Directors).
4. Each entry in the schedule of non-conforming measures described in
paragraph 3(b) sets out the following elements:
(a) Obligations Concerned specified the obligations(s) referred to in
paragraph 1(b) that, pursuant to Article 10.9, do not apply to the listed measure(s);
(b) Level of Government indicates the level of government maintaining
the listed measures(s);
(c) Measures identifies the laws, regulations or other measures for
which the entry is made. A measure cited in the Measures element:
(i) means the measure as amended, continued or renewed as of the date of entry into force of this Agreement, and
(ii) includes any subordinate measure adopted or maintained under the authority of and consistent with the measure;
(d) Description provides a general, nonbinding description of the
Measures.
Common Provisions
5. In accordance with Article 10.9.1 (a), the articles of this Agreement
specified in the Obligations Concerned element of an entry do not apply to the law, regulation
or other measure identified in the Measures element or in the Description of Non-Conforming
Measures element of that entry.
6. Where the United States maintains a measure that requires that a service
supplier be a citizen, permanent resident or resident of its territory as a condition to
the provision of a service in its territory, a listing for that measure taken in Annex 10B with respect
to Articles 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, or 10.5 shall operate as a reservation with respect to Articles 15.4
(National Treatment and Most-Favored-Nation Treatment) and 15.8 (Performance Requirements), or to the
extent of that measure.
7. Both Parties agree that references in the Schedule of a Party to Annex 10B
to any enterprise or entity apply as well to any successor enterprise or entity,
which shall be entitled to benefit from any listing of a non-conforming measure with respect to that
enterprise or entity..117
ANNEX 10C
SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS
SINGAPORE
Related to Article 10.1 (Scope and Coverage)
1. This Chapter shall apply to the following services to the extent they are
covered by the obligations of this Chapter through application of the exception in Article
10.1.3:
- Sale and distribution services for government debt.
Related to Article 10.4 (Market Access)
2. Notwithstanding item 1 of the non-conforming measures related to banking
listed in Singapore�s Schedule to Annex 10B, Singapore shall approve, by the date of
entry into force of this Agreement, one new full bank license and two additional customer service
locations for a financial institution of the United States.
Related to Article 10.5 (Cross Border Trade)
3. No later than January 1, 2006, the Parties shall consult on further
liberalization by Singapore of cross-border trade in the services described in paragraph 3(f)
of Singapore�s Schedule to Annex 10A.
Related to Article 10.15 (Expedited Availability of Insurance Services)
4. Singapore shall not require product filing or approval for insurance
products other than for life insurance products, Central Provident Fund-related products and
investment-linked products. Where product filing or approval is required, Singapore shall allow
the introduction of the product, which Singapore shall deem to be approved unless the product is
disapproved within a reasonable time, endeavoring to do so within 30 days. Singapore shall not
maintain limitations on the number or frequency of product introductions. This specific commitment
does not apply where a financial institution of the United States seeks to supply a new
financial service pursuant to Article 10.6 (New Financial Services).
Related to Article 10.17 (Consultations)
5. No later than January 1, 2007, and every three years thereafter, the
Parties shall consult concerning any existing limitations on acquisitions of control by United
States financial institutions of Singapore-incorporated banks that are controlled by persons
of Singapore.
Related to Portfolio Management
6.
(a) Singapore shall allow, in a manner consistent with Article 10.1,
a financial institution (other than a trust company or insurance
company), organized outside
its territory, to provide investment advice and portfolio management
services, excluding (1) custodial services, (2) trustee services, and (3) execution
services that are not related to managing a collective investment scheme, to the
manager of a collective investment scheme, where the manager is
(i) located in the territory of Singapore, and
(ii) related to the financial institution.
(b) For purposes of this paragraph,
(i) collective investment scheme has the meaning given to it under
Section 2 of the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289); and
(ii) related means a related corporation as defined under Section 6 of
the Companies Act (Cap. 50).
7. Singapore shall accord most-favored-nation treatment to financial
institutions of the United States in the award of asset management mandates by the Government of
Singapore Investment Corporation.
Related to Credit and Charge Cards
8. Singapore shall consider applications for access to automated teller
machine networks operated by local banks in the territory of Singapore for credit and charge
cards of non-bank issuers that are controlled by persons of the United States.
UNITED STATES
Related to Article 10.1 (Scope and Coverage)
1. For the United States, this chapter shall apply to the following services
to the extent they are covered by the obligations of this chapter through application of the
exception in Article 10.1.3:
(a) fiscal agency or depository services,
(b) liquidation and management services for regulated financial institutions;
and
(c) sale and distribution services for government debt.
Related to Article 10.15 (Expedited Availability of Insurance Services)
2. Recognizing the principles of federalism under the U.S. Constitution, the
history of state regulation of insurance in the United States, and the McCarran-Ferguson Act,
the United States welcomes the efforts of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners
(�NAIC�) relating to the availability of insurance services as expressed in the NAIC�s
�Statement of Intent: The Future of Insurance Regulation.�, including the
initiatives on speed-to-market intentions and regulatory re-engineering (under Part II of the Statement of Intent). This
specific commitment does not apply where a financial institution of Singapore seeks to supply a
new financial service pursuant to Article 10.6.
Related to Portfolio Management
3.
(a) The United States shall allow, in a manner consistent with Article
10.1, a financial institution (other than a trust company or insurance company), organized
outside its territory, to provide investment advice and portfolio management
services, excluding (1) custodial services, (2) trustee services, and (3) execution
services that are not related to managing a collective investment scheme, to a
collective investment scheme located in the territory of the United States.
(b) For purposes of this paragraph, collective investment scheme means
an investment company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940..120
ANNEX 10D
THE FINANCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE
1. On request by either Party, the Financial Services Committee shall
consider any matter relating to:
(a) the transfer of information in electronic or other form, into and out of
a Party's territory, by a financial institution for data processing where such
processing is required in the ordinary course of business;
(b) the protection of the privacy of individuals in relation to the
processing and dissemination of personal data and the protection of confidentiality of
individual records and accounts.
Authorities Responsible for Financial Services
2. The authority of each Party responsible for financial services is:
(a) for Singapore, the Monetary Authority of Singapore;
(b) for the United States, the Department of the Treasury for banking and
other financial services and the Office of the United States Trade Representative,
in coordination with the Department of Commerce and other agencies, for
insurance services.
CHAPTER 11 : TEMPORARY ENTRY OF BUSINESS PERSONS
ARTICLE 11.1 : DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
business person means a national of a Party who is engaged in trade in
goods, the provision of services or the conduct of investment activities;
immigration measure means any law, regulation, or procedure affecting the
entry and sojourn of aliens, including the issuance of immigration documents authorizing
employment to an alien; and
temporary entry means entry into the territory of a Party by a business
person of the other Party without the intent to establish permanent residence.
ARTICLE 11.2 : GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1. This Chapter reflects the preferential trading relationship between the
Parties, the Parties� mutual desire to facilitate temporary entry on a comparable basis and of
establishing transparent criteria and procedures for temporary entry, and the need to ensure border
security and to protect the domestic labor force and permanent employment in their respective
territories.
2. This Chapter shall not apply to measures regarding citizenship, permanent
residence, or employment on a permanent basis.
ARTICLE 11.3 : GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
1. Each Party shall apply its measures relating to the provisions of this
Chapter in accordance with Article 11.2 and, in particular, shall apply expeditiously
those measures so as to avoid unduly impairing or delaying trade in goods or services or conduct of
investment activities under this Agreement.
2. For greater certainty, nothing in this Chapter shall prevent a Party from
applying measures to regulate the entry of natural persons into, or their temporary
stay in, its territory, including those measures necessary to protect the integrity of, and to ensure
the orderly movement of natural persons across its borders, provided that such measures
are not applied in such a manner as to unduly impair or delay trade in goods or services or
conduct of investment activities under this Agreement. The sole fact of requiring a visa, or other
document authorizing employment to a business person, for natural persons shall not be regarded as
unduly impairing or delaying trade in goods or services or conduct of investment activities
under this Agreement.
ARTICLE 11.4 : GRANT OF TEMPORARY ENTRY
1. Each Party shall grant temporary entry to business persons listed in Annex
11A who are otherwise qualified for entry under applicable measures relating to public
health and safety and national security, in accordance with this Chapter. 2. A Party may refuse to issue an immigration document authorizing employment
to a business person where the temporary entry of that person might affect
adversely:
(a) the settlement of any labor dispute that is in progress at the place or
intended place of employment; or
(b) the employment of any person who is involved in such dispute.
3. When a Party refuses pursuant to paragraph 2 to issue an immigration
document authorizing employment, it shall:
(a) take measures to allow the business person to be informed in writing; and
(b) promptly notify the other Party in writing of the reasons for the
refusal.
4. Each Party shall set any fees for processing applications for temporary
entry of business persons in a manner consistent with Article 11.3.1.
ARTICLE 11.5 : REGULATORY TRANSPARENCY
1. Each Party shall maintain or establish contact points or other mechanisms
to respond to inquiries from interested persons regarding regulations affecting the
temporary entry of business persons.
2. If a Party receives comments regarding a proposed regulation from
interested persons, it should publish a concise statement addressing those comments at the time that
it adopts the final regulations.
3. To the extent possible, each Party shall allow reasonable time between
publication of final regulations affecting the temporary entry of business persons and their
effective date.
4. Each Party shall, within a reasonable period of time after an application
requesting temporary entry is considered complete under its domestic laws and
regulations, inform the applicant of the decision concerning the application. At the request of the
applicant, the Party shall provide, without undue delay, information concerning the status of the
application.
5. Prior to the entry into force of this Agreement, the Parties shall
exchange information on current procedures relating to the processing of applications for temporary
entry, including processing goals that apply to business persons of the other Party. Each
Party shall endeavor to achieve these goals and make available upon request to the other Party, in
accordance with its domestic law, data respecting the attainment of these processing goals.
6. For purposes of this Article, regulation means a measure of general
application other than a law, and includes a measure that establishes or applies to licensing
authorization or criteria.
ARTICLE 11.6 : PROVISION OF INFORMATION
Further to Article 19.3 (Publication), each Party shall:
(a) provide to the other Party such materials as will enable it to become
acquainted with its measures relating to this Chapter; and
(b) no later than six months after the date of entry into force of this
Agreement, prepare, publish, and make available in its own territory, and in the
territory of the other Party, explanatory material in a consolidated document regarding the requirements for temporary entry under this Chapter in such a manner as will enable business persons of the other Party to become acquainted with them.
ARTICLE 11.7 : TEMPORARY ENTRY COORDINATORS
1. Each Party shall establish a Temporary Entry Coordinator, which shall
include officials responsible for immigration measures.
2. The Temporary Entry Coordinators of the Parties shall:
(a) establish their own schedule of meetings;
(b) exchange information on measures that affect the temporary entry of
business persons under this Chapter;
(c) consider the development of measures to facilitate the temporary entry of
business persons on a comparable basis;
(d) consider the implementation and administration of this Chapter; and
(e) make available, upon request, to the other Party in accordance with its
domestic law, data respecting the granting of temporary entry under this Chapter to business persons of the other Party who have been issued immigration
documents.
ARTICLE 11.8 : DISPUTE SETTLEMENT
1. A Party may not initiate proceedings under Article 20.4 (Additional
Dispute Settlement Procedures) regarding a refusal to grant temporary entry under this Chapter
or a particular case arising under Article 11.3.1 unless:
(a) the matter involves a pattern of practice; and
(b) the business person has exhausted the available administrative remedies
regarding the particular matter.
2. The remedies referred to in paragraph (1)(b) shall be deemed to be
exhausted if a final determination in the matter has not been issued by the competent authority
within one year of the institution of an administrative proceeding, and the failure to issue a
determination is not attributable to delay caused by the business person.
ARTICLE 11.9 : RELATION TO OTHER CHAPTERS
Except for this Chapter, Chapters 1 (Establishment of a Free Trade Area and
Definitions), 20 (Administration and Dispute Settlement), and 21 (General Provisions), and
Articles 19.2 (Contact Points), 19.3 (Publication), 19.4 (Notification and Provision of
Information), and 19.5 (Administrative Proceedings) of Chapter 19 (Transparency), no provision of
this Agreement shall impose any obligation on a Party regarding its immigration
measures.
ANNEX 11A
SECTION I : BUSINESS VISITORS
1. Each Party shall grant temporary entry for up to 90 days to a business
person seeking to engage in a business activity set out in Appendix 11A.1, without requiring
that person to obtain an employment authorization, provided that the business person otherwise
complies with immigration measures applicable to temporary entry, and on presentation of:
(a) proof of nationality of a Party;
(b) documentation demonstrating that the business person will be so engaged
and describing the purpose of entry; and
(c) evidence demonstrating that the proposed business activity is
international in scope and that the business person is not seeking to enter the local labor
market.
2. Each Party may provide that a business person satisfy the requirements of
paragraph 1 by demonstrating that:
(a) the primary source of remuneration for the proposed business activity is
outside the territory of the Party granting temporary entry; and
(b) the business person�s principal place of business and the actual place of
accrual of profits, at least predominantly, remain outside such territory.
3. A Party shall normally accept an oral declaration as to the principal
place of business and the actual place of accrual of profits. Where the Party requires further
proof, it shall normally consider a letter from the employer attesting to these matters as sufficient
proof.
4. Neither Party may:
(a) as a condition for temporary entry under paragraph 1, require prior
approval procedures, petitions, labor certification tests, or other procedures of
similar effect; or
(b) impose or maintain any numerical restriction relating to temporary entry
under paragraph 1.
SECTION II : TRADERS AND INVESTORS
1. Each Party shall grant temporary entry and provide confirming
documentation to a business person seeking to:
(a) carry on substantial trade in goods or services principally between the
territory of the Party of which the business person is a national and the territory of the
other Party into which entry is sought, or
(b) establish, develop, administer, or provide advice or key technical
services to the operation of an investment to which the business person or the business
person�s enterprise has committed, or is in the process of committing, a substantial
amount of capital, in a capacity that is supervisory, executive, or involves essential skills,
provided that the business person otherwise complies with immigration measures applicable to temporary
entry.
2. Neither Party may:
(a) as a condition for temporary entry under paragraph 1, require labor
certification tests or other procedures of similar effect; or
(b) impose or maintain any numerical restriction relating to temporary entry
under paragraph 1.
SECTION III : INTRA-COMPANY
TRANSFEREES
1. Each Party shall grant temporary entry and provide confirming
documentation to a business person employed by an enterprise who seeks to render services to
that enterprise or a subsidiary or affiliate thereof, in a capacity that is managerial, executive,
or involves specialized knowledge, provided that the business person otherwise complies with existing
immigration measures applicable to temporary entry. A Party may require the business
person to have been employed continuously by the enterprise for one year within the three-year
period immediately preceding the date of the application for admission. The Parties understand
that, as used in this paragraph, �a business person employed by an enterprise who seeks to render
services to that enterprise or a subsidiary or affiliate thereof, in a capacity that is
managerial, executive or involves special knowledge� has the same meaning as �managers, executives and
specialists� as defined in relation to intra-corporate transferees in a Party�s Schedule of
Specific Commitments to the GATS.
2. A Party shall not:
(a) as a condition for temporary entry under paragraph 1, require labor
certification tests or other procedures of similar effect; or
(b) impose or maintain any numerical restriction relating to temporary entry
under paragraph 1.
SECTION IV : PROFESSIONALS
1. Each Party shall grant temporary entry and provide confirming
documentation to a business person seeking to engage in a business activity as a professional,
or to perform training functions related to a particular profession, including conducting seminars,
if the business person otherwise complies with immigration measures applicable to temporary entry,
on presentation of:
(a) proof of nationality of a Party; (b) documentation demonstrating that the business person will be so engaged
and describing the purpose of entry; and
(c) documentation demonstrating the attainment of the relevant minimum
educational requirements or alternative credentials.
2. For purposes of this Chapter, professional means a national of a
Party who is engaged in a specialty occupation requiring:
(a) theoretical and practical application of a body of specialized knowledge;
and
(b) attainment of a post-secondary degree in the specialty requiring four or
more years of study (or the equivalent of such a degree) as a minimum for entry
into the occupation. Such degrees include the Bachelor�s Degree, Master�s Degree, and the Doctoral Degree conferred by institutions in the United States and
Singapore.
3. Notwithstanding paragraph 2, each Party shall grant temporary entry to
business persons seeking to engage in a business activity as a professional in one of the
professions listed in Appendix 11A.2, provided that the business person possesses the credentials
specified and otherwise complies with the requirements in paragraph 1 of this Section.
4. To assist in the implementation of this Chapter, the Parties shall
exchange illustrative lists of professions that meet the definition of professional by the date of entry
into force of this Agreement. The Parties shall also exchange information on post-secondary
education, in order to facilitate the evaluation of applications for temporary entry.
5. A Party shall not:
(a) as a condition for temporary entry under paragraph 1, require prior
approval procedures, petitions, labor certification tests, or other procedures of
similar effect; or
(b) impose or maintain any numerical restriction relating to temporary entry
under paragraph 1.
6. Notwithstanding paragraph 5(a), a Party may require a business person
seeking temporary entry under this Section to comply with procedures applicable to
temporary entry of professionals, such as an attestation of compliance with the Party�s labor
and immigration laws or a requirement that the business person meet certain salary criteria.
7. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 and 5, a Party may establish an annual
numerical limit, which shall be set out in Appendix 11A.3, regarding temporary entry of
business persons of the other Party seeking to engage in business activities as a professional.
8. A Party establishing a numerical limit pursuant to paragraph 7, unless the
Parties agree otherwise, may, in consultation with the other Party, grant
temporary entry under paragraph 1 to a business person who practices in a profession where accreditation,
licensing, and certification requirements are mutually recognized by the Parties.
9. Nothing in paragraph 7 or 8 shall be construed to limit the ability of a
business person to seek temporary entry under a Party�s applicable immigration measures relating
to the entry of professionals other than those adopted or maintained pursuant to
paragraph 1. APPENDIX 11A.1
BUSINESS VISITORS
Definitions
For purposes of this Appendix, territory of the other Party means the
territory of the Party other than the territory of the Party into which temporary entry is sought.
The Parties agree that the business visitors referred to below are not
seeking to establish a direct employer-employee relationship in the territory of the Party into which
temporary entry is sought.
Research and Design
- Technical, scientific, and statistical researchers conducting independent
research or research for an enterprise located in the territory of the other Party.
Growth, Manufacture, and Production
- Purchasing and production management personnel conducting commercial
transactions for an enterprise located in the territory of the other Party.
Marketing
- Market researchers and analysts conducting independent research or analysis
or research or analysis for an enterprise located in the territory of the other Party.
- Trade fair and promotional personnel attending a trade convention.
Sales
- Sales representatives and agents negotiating contracts for, but not
delivering or providing, goods or services for an enterprise located in the territory of the other
Party that do not involve direct transactions with the general public.
- Buyers purchasing for an enterprise located in the territory of the other
Party.
Distribution
- With respect to temporary entry into the United States, Singaporean customs
brokers performing brokerage duties relating to the export of goods from the
territory of the United States to or through the territory of Singapore. With respect to temporary
entry into the territory of Singapore, United States customs brokers performing brokerage duties
relating to the export of goods from the territory of Singapore to or through
the territory of the United States.
- Customs brokers providing consulting services regarding the facilitation of
the import or export of goods.
After-sales Service
- Installers, repair and maintenance personnel, and supervisors, possessing
highly specialized knowledge essential to a seller�s contractual obligation, performing services
or training workers to perform services, pursuant to a warranty or other directly-related service
contract included as part of the sale of commercial or industrial equipment or machinery,
including computer software, purchased from an enterprise located outside the territory of the
Party into which temporary entry is sought, during the life of the warranty or
directly-related service agreement.
General Service
- Managers, executives, and specialists1 entering to negotiate specified or defined commercial transactions for an enterprise located in the territory of the other Party.
- Managers, executives, and specialists1 in the financial services sector (insurers, bankers, or investment brokers) entering to negotiate specified or defined commercial
transactions for an enterprise located in the territory of the other Party.
- Public relations and advertising managers, executives, and specialists
1 attending or participating in conventions, or consulting with business associates
regarding specified or defined commercial transactions for an enterprise located in the territory of
the other Party.
- Tourism personnel (tour and travel agents, tour guides, or tour operators)
attending or participating in conventions or conducting a tour that has begun in the
territory of the other Party.
- Translators or interpreters performing services as employees of an
enterprise located in the territory of the other Party, and for a defined commercial transaction for
that enterprise. APPENDIX 11A.2
PROFESSION |
MINIMUM EDUCATION
REQUIREMENTS AND
ALTERNATIVE CREDENTIALS
|
|
|
Disaster Relief Claims Adjuster |
Baccalaureate Degree, and successful completion of training in the appropriate areas of insurance adjustment pertaining to disaster relief claims; or three years experience in claims adjustment and successful completion of training in the appropriate areas of insurance adjustment pertaining to disaster relief claims. |
Management Consultant |
Baccalaureate Degree. If the degree is in a discipline not related to the area of the consulting agreement, then equivalent professional experience as established by statement or professional credential attesting to three years experience in a field or specialty related to the consulting
agreement is required. |
APPENDIX 11A.3
United States
1. Beginning on the date of entry into force of this Agreement, the United
States shall annually approve as many as 5,400 initial applications of business persons of
Singapore seeking temporary entry under Section IV of Annex 11A to engage in a business
activity at a professional level.
2. For purposes of paragraph 1, the United States shall not take into
account:
(a) the renewal of a period of temporary entry;
(b) the entry of a spouse or children accompanying or following to join the
principal business person;
(c) an admission under section 101(a)(15)(H)(i)(b) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, 1952, as it may be amended, including the worldwide
numerical limit established by section 214(g)(1)(A) of that Act; or
(d) an admission under any other provision of section 101(a)(15) of that Act
relating to the entry of professionals.
CHAPTER 12 : ANTICOMPETITIVE BUSINESS CONDUCT, DESIGNATED
MONOPOLIES, AND GOVERNMENT ENTERPRISES
ARTICLE 12.1 : OBJECTIVES
Recognizing that the conduct subject to this Chapter has the potential to
restrict bilateral trade and investment, the Parties believe proscribing such conduct, implementing
economically sound competition policies, and engaging in cooperation will help secure the
benefits of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 12.2 : ANTICOMPETITIVE BUSINESS CONDUCT
1. Each Party shall adopt or maintain measures to proscribe anticompetitive
business conduct12-1 with the objective of promoting economic efficiency and consumer welfare, and
shall take appropriate action with respect to such conduct.
2. Each Party shall establish or maintain an authority responsible for the
enforcement of its measures to proscribe anticompetitive business conduct. The enforcement
policy of the Parties� national authorities responsible for the enforcement of such measures
includes not discriminating on the basis of the nationality of the subjects of their proceedings. Each
Party shall ensure that a person subject to the imposition of a sanction or remedy for violation of
such measures is provided with the opportunity to be heard and to present evidence, and to
seek review of such sanction or remedy in a domestic court or independent tribunal.
ARTICLE 12.3 : DESIGNATED MONOPOLIES AND GOVERNMENT
ENTERPRISES
1. Designated Monopolies
(a) Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to prevent a Party from
designating a monopoly.
(b) Where a Party designates a monopoly and the designation may affect the
interests of persons of the other Party, the Party shall:
(i) at the time of the designation endeavor to introduce such conditions on
the operation of the monopoly as will minimize or eliminate any nullification or impairment of benefits in the sense of Article 20.4.1(c) (Additional Dispute Settlement Procedures); and
(ii) provide written notification, in advance wherever possible, to the other Party of the designation and any such conditions.
(c) Each Party shall ensure that any privately-owned monopoly that it
designates after the date of entry into force of this Agreement and any government monopoly
that it designates or has designated:
(i) acts in a manner that is not inconsistent with the Party�s obligations
under this Agreement wherever such a monopoly exercises any regulatory, administrative, or other governmental authority that the Party has delegated to it in connection with the monopoly good or service, such as
the power to grant import or export licenses, approve commercial transactions, or impose quotas, fees or other charges;
(ii) acts solely in accordance with commercial considerations in its purchase or sale of the monopoly good or service in the relevant market, including with regard to price, quality, availability, marketability, transportation,
and other terms and conditions of purchase or sale, except to comply with any terms of its designation that are not inconsistent with subparagraph (iii) or (iv);
(iii) provides non-discriminatory treatment to covered investments, to goods
of the other Party, and to service suppliers of the other Party in its purchase or sale of the monopoly good or service in the relevant market; and
(iv) does not use its monopoly position to engage, either directly or
indirectly, including through its dealings with its parent, subsidiaries, or other enterprises with common ownership, in anticompetitive practices in a
non-monopolized market in its territory that adversely affect covered investments.
2. Government Enterprises
(a) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a Party from
establishing or maintaining a government enterprise.
(b) Each Party shall ensure that any government enterprise that it
establishes or maintains acts in a manner that is not inconsistent with the Party�s
obligations under this Agreement wherever such enterprise exercises any regulatory, administrative, or other governmental authority that the Party has delegated
to it, such as the power to expropriate, grant licenses, approve commercial
transactions, or impose quotas, fees, or other charges.
(c) The United States shall ensure that any government enterprise that it
establishes or maintains accords non-discriminatory treatment in the sale of its goods or
services to covered investments. (d) Singapore shall ensure that any government enterprise:
(i) acts solely in accordance with commercial considerations in its purchase or sale of goods or services, such as with regard to price, quality, availability, marketability, transportation, and other terms and conditions of purchase or sale, and provides non-discriminatory treatment to covered investments, to goods of the United States, and to service suppliers of the United States, including with respect to its purchases or sales;
12-2 and
(ii) does not, either directly or indirectly, including through its dealings
with its parent, subsidiaries, or other enterprises with common ownership:
(A) enter into agreements among competitors that restrain competition on price or output or allocate customers for which there is no plausible efficiency justification, or
(B) engage in exclusionary practices that substantially lessen competition in a market in Singapore to the detriment of consumers.
(e) Singapore shall take no action or attempt in any way, directly or
indirectly, to influence or direct decisions of its government enterprises, including
through the exercise of any rights or interests conferring effective influence over such enterprises, except in a manner consistent with this Agreement. However, Singapore may exercise its voting rights in government enterprises in a
manner that is not inconsistent with this Agreement.
(f) Singapore shall continue reducing, with a goal of substantially
eliminating, its aggregate ownership and other interests that confer effective influence in
entities organized under the laws of Singapore, taking into account, in the timing of individual divestments, the state of relevant capital markets.
(g) Singapore shall:
(i) at least annually, make public a consolidated report that details for
each covered entity:
(A) the percentage of shares and the percentage of voting rights that Singapore and its government enterprises cumulatively own;
(B) a description of any special shares or special voting or other rights that Singapore or its government enterprises hold, to the extent different from the rights attached to the general common shares of
such entity;
(C) the name and government title(s) of any government official serving as an officer or member of the board of directors; and
(D) its annual revenue or total assets, or both, depending on the basis on which the enterprise qualifies as a covered entity.
(ii) on receipt from the United States of a request regarding a specific enterprise, provide to the United States the information listed in clause
(i), for any enterprise that is not a covered entity or an enterprise excluded under Article 12.8.1 (d) and 12.8.1(e), with the understanding that the information may be made public.
3. The charging of different prices in different markets, or within the same
market, where such differences are based on normal commercial considerations, such as
taking account of supply and demand conditions, is not in itself inconsistent with this
Article.
4. This Article does not apply to government procurement.
ARTICLE 12.4 : COOPERATION
The Parties recognize the importance of cooperation and coordination to
further effective competition law and policy development in the free trade area and agree to
cooperate on these matters.
ARTICLE 12.5 : TRANSPARENCY AND INFORMATION REQUESTS
1. The Parties recognize the value of transparency of their competition
policies.
2. Each Party, at the request of the other Party, shall make available public
information concerning the enforcement of its measures proscribing anticompetitive
business conduct.
3. Each Party, at the request of the other Party, shall make available public
information concerning government enterprises, and designated monopolies, public or
private. Requests for such information shall indicate the entities involved, specify the particular
products and markets concerned, and include some indicia that these entities may be engaging in
practices that may hinder trade or investment between the Parties.
4. Each Party, at the request of the other Party, shall make available public
information concerning exemptions to its measures proscribing anticompetitive
business conduct. Requests for such information shall specify the particular
products and markets of concern and include some indicia that the exemption
might hinder trade or investment between the Parties. ARTICLE 12.6 : CONSULTATIONS
1. To foster understanding between the Parties, or to address specific
matters that arise under this Chapter, each Party shall, at the request of the other Party,
enter into consultations regarding representations made by the other Party. In its request, the Party
shall indicate, if relevant, how the matter affects trade or investment between the Parties. The
Party addressed shall accord full and sympathetic consideration to the concerns of the other
Party.
2. Where consultations under paragraph 1 concern conduct covered by Article
12.3.2(d)(ii), Singapore shall inform the United States of the steps it has taken or plans
to take to examine the conduct at issue, shall apprise the United States when Singapore�s
responsible authorities decide to initiate or not to initiate enforcement proceedings regarding the conduct,
and shall keep the United States regularly apprised of developments in, and the results of, any
enforcement proceedings it initiates.
ARTICLE 12.7 : DISPUTES
A Party shall not have recourse to dispute settlement under this Agreement
for any matter arising under Article 12.2, 12.4, or 12.6.
ARTICLE 12.8 : DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. covered entity means:
(a) an enterprise organized under the laws of Singapore in which effective
influence exists, or is rebuttably presumed to exist, whose annual revenue is greater
than SGD 50 million;
(b) an enterprise organized under the laws of Singapore in which effective
influence exists, or is rebuttably presumed to exist, whose total assets are greater
than SGD 50 million; and
(c) any entity organized under the laws of Singapore in which the Government
of Singapore owns a special voting share with veto rights relating to such
matters as the disposal of the undertaking, the acquisition by any person of a specified percentage of the enterprise�s share capital, appointments to the board of
directors or of management, winding up or dissolution of the enterprise, or any change
to the constituent documents concerning the aforementioned matters; but excludes:.138
(d) government enterprises organized and operating solely for the purpose of:
(i) investing the reserves of the Government of Singapore in foreign markets; or
(ii) holding investments referred to in clause (i); and
(e) Temasek Holdings (Pte) Ltd. The revenue and total asset thresholds above shall be adjusted for inflation
(or deflation) every five years. The Parties may otherwise revise the thresholds by mutual
agreement;
2. covered investment means, with respect to a Party, an investment in
its territory of an investor of the other Party. Covered investments shall include those existing
at the date of entry into force of this Agreement as well as those established, acquired, or
expanded thereafter;
3. a delegation includes a legislative grant, and a government order,
directive, or other act, transferring to the monopoly or government enterprise, or authorizing the
exercise by the monopoly or government enterprise of, government authority;
4. designate means to establish, designate, or authorize a monopoly,
or to expand the scope of a monopoly, to cover an additional good or service, whether formally or in
effect;
5. effective influence exists where the government and its government
enterprises, alone or in combination:
(a) own more that 50 percent of the voting rights of an entity; or (b) have the ability to exercise substantial influence over the composition
of the board of directors or any other managing body of an entity, to determine the
outcome of decisions on the strategic, financial, or operating policies or plans of an
entity, or otherwise to exercise substantial influence over the management or operation
of an entity. Where the government and its government enterprises, alone or in combination, own 50 percent or less, but more than 20 percent, of the voting securities of the entity and own the largest block of voting rights of such
entity, there is a rebuttable presumption that effective influence exists. Annex 12A provides an illustration of how the analysis of effective influence should
proceed;
6. government enterprise means:
(a) for the United States, an enterprise owned, or controlled through
ownership interests, by that Party; and
(b) for Singapore, an enterprise in which that Party has effective influence;
7. government monopoly means a monopoly that is owned, or controlled
through ownership interests, by the national government of a Party or by another such
monopoly;
8. in accordance with commercial considerations means consistent with
normal business practices of privately-held enterprises in the relevant business or industry;
9. market means the geographical and commercial market for a good or
service;
10. monopoly means an entity, including a consortium or government
agency, that in any relevant market in the territory of a Party is designated as the sole
provider or purchaser of a good or service, but does not include an entity that has been granted an
exclusive intellectual property right solely by reason of such grant; and
11. non-discriminatory treatment means the better of national
treatment and most-favored-nation treatment, as set out in the relevant provisions of this Agreement and
subject to the terms and conditions set out in the relevant Annexes thereto.
Holding Company: A government enterprise, since the Government
owns more than 50% of it (100%).
Company A: Presumed to be a government enterprise, since Holding
Company, a government enterprise, owns more than 20% of its shares (assuming Holding Company is largest
shareholder).
Company B: Presumed to be a government enterprise, since Holding
Company and Company A, a government enterprise, together own more than 20% of its shares (21%)
(assuming that the block of 21% owned by Holding Company and Company A is the largest block of shares).
Company C: Presumed to be a government enterprise, since Company
A, a government enterprise, owns more than 50% of its shares (75%).
Company D: Presumed to be a government enterprise, since Company
B, a government enterprise, owns more than 20% of its shares (30%) (assuming Company B owns the
largest block of shares).
Company E: Presumed to be a government enterprise, since Company
C, a government enterprise, and Company D, a government enterprise, together own more than 20% of its
shares (22%) (assuming the block of 22% owned by Companies C and D constitutes the largest block of shares).
Company F: A government enterprise, since Holding Company owns
more than 50% of its shares.
Company G: Not a government enterprise, since Company B, a
government enterprise, and Company F, a government enterprise, together do not own more than 20% of its
shares (15%).
Company H: Not a government enterprise, although Company D, a
government enterprise, and Company E, together owns more than 20% of its shares (33%), Companies D and
E do not, together, own the largest block of shares, since Company G, not a government enterprise, owns 67%
of its shares.
Company I: Not a government enterprise, since Company G is not a government
enterprise
CHAPTER 13 : GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT
ARTICLE
13.1 : GENERAL
1. The Parties reaffirm their rights and obligations under the
GPA and their interest in further expanding bilateral trading opportunities in each
Party�s government procurement market.
2. The Parties recognize their shared interest in promoting
international liberalization of government procurement markets in the context of the rules-based
international trading system. The Parties shall continue to cooperate in the review under
Article XXIV:7 of the GPA and on procurement matters in APEC and other appropriate international
fora. The Parties shall also actively cooperate to implement the WTO Doha Ministerial mandate
related to the negotiation of a multilateral agreement on transparency in government
procurement.
3. Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to derogate from
either Party�s rights or obligations under the GPA.
4. The Parties confirm their desire and determination to apply
the APEC Non-Binding Principles on Government Procurement, as appropriate, to all
their government procurement that is outside the scope of the GPA and this Chapter.
ARTICLE 13.2 : SCOPE AND COVERAGE
1. This Chapter applies to measures adopted or maintained by a
Party regarding government procurement.
2. For purposes of this Chapter,
government procurement means a procurement:
(a) by an entity specified in a Party�s Schedule 1 to Annex 13A;
(b) of any combination of goods and services specified in a
Party�s Schedule 2 to Annex 13A;
(c) by any contractual means, including those listed in Article
I:2 of the GPA and any build-operate-transfer contract; and
(d) in which the contract has a value not less than the relevant
threshold set out in Schedule 1 to Annex 13A.
3. Except as otherwise specified in Annexes 13A and 13B, this
Chapter does not cover noncontractual agreements or any form of governmental assistance, including:
(a) cooperative agreements;
(b) grants;
(c) loans;
(d) equity infusions;
(e) guarantees;
(f) fiscal incentives; and
(g) governmental provision of goods and services to persons or
governmental authorities not specifically covered under the Schedules to
Annexes 13A and 13B of this Chapter.
4. Singapore shall not exercise any control or influence,
including through any shares that it owns or controls or its personnel selections to corporate boards
or positions, in procurement conducted by government enterprises, as defined in Article 12.8
(Definitions).
5. In accordance with Article III:3 of the GPA, the provisions
of this Chapter do not affect the rights and obligations provided for in Chapters 2 (National
Treatment and Market Access for Goods), 8 (Cross-Border Trade in Services), 10 (Financial
Services), and 15 (Investment).
6.
(a) To ensure comprehensive coverage, this Chapter covers
government procurement of digital products, as defined in Article 14.4 (Definitions),
that are transmitted electronically and are created, produced, contracted for,
commissioned, or first made available on commercial terms in the territory of the other
Party.
(b) For greater certainty, digital products do not include
digitized representations of financial instruments. In addition, the obligations on digital
products under this Chapter shall not apply to the procurement of broadcasting
services.
(c) For greater certainty, a Party�s obligations relating to the
government procurement of digital products are addressed only in this
Chapter.
ARTICLE
13.3 : INCORPORATION
OF GPA PROVISIONS
1. The Parties shall apply the provisions of Articles II, III,
IV:1, VI-XV, XVI:1, XVIII, XIX:1-4, XX, the Agreement Notes, and Appendices II-IV of the
GPA to all government procurement. To that end, these GPA Articles and Appendices, the
notes to the Appendices, Notes to Annexes 1 to 5 of Appendix I,13-1
Singapore�s General Note, and U.S. General Notes 1- 4 are incorporated into and made a part of this Chapter,
mutatis mutandis. For greater certainty, Article VI is not intended to preclude a Party from preparing,
adopting, or applying technical specifications to promote the conservation of natural resources.
2. For purposes of the incorporation of the GPA under paragraph
1, the term:
(a) �Agreement� in the GPA means �Chapter;� except that
�countries not Parties to this Agreement� means �non-Parties� and �Party to the Agreement @
in GPA Article III:2(b) means �Party�;
(b) �Appendix I� in the GPA means �Annex 13A�;
(c) �Annex 1� in the GPA means �Schedule 1.A�;
(d) �Annex 2� in the GPA means �Schedule 1.B�;
(e) �Annex 3� in the GPA means �Schedule 1.C�;
(f) �Annex 4� in the GPA means �Schedule 2.B�;
(g) �Annex 5� in the GPA means �Schedule 2.C�;
(h) �from other Parties� in GPA Article IV:1 means �from the
other Party�;
(i) �any other Party� in GPA Article III:1(b) means �a
non-Party�; and
(j) �among suppliers of other Parties or� in GPA Article VIII
shall not be incorporated.
3. If the GPA is amended or is superseded by another agreement,
the Parties shall amend this Chapter, as appropriate, after consultations.
ARTICLE
13.4 : EXCEPTIONS
1. Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to prevent either
Party from imposing or enforcing measures:
(a) necessary to protect public morals, order, or safety;
(b) necessary to protect human, animal, or plant life or health;
(c) necessary to protect intellectual property; or
(d) relating to products or services of handicapped persons, of
philanthropic institutions, or of prison labor, provided that such measures are not applied in a manner that
would constitute a means of arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination between countries
where the same conditions prevail or a disguised restriction on international trade.
2. The Parties understand that paragraph 1(b) includes
environmental measures necessary to protect human, animal, or plant life or health.
ARTICLE
13.5 : MODIFICATIONS
AND RECTIFICATIONS
TO COVERAGE
1. Where a Party proposes to modify or make minor amendments or
technical rectifications of a purely formal nature to its Schedules to Annex 13A, it
shall notify the other Party. If the other Party does not object to the proposed modification, minor
amendment, or technical rectification within 30 days of the notification, the
modification, minor amendment, or technical rectification shall enter into force immediately.
2. If a Party objects to the proposed removal of an entity from
Annex 13A on the grounds that government control or influence over that entity has not
been effectively eliminated, that Party may request further information or consultations with a
view to clarifying the nature of such government control or influence, if any, and reaching
agreement with the other Party on the entity�s status under this Chapter. If the Party removing an
entity from Annex 13A reaches agreement with the other Party that government control or
influence over the entity has been effectively eliminated, the other Party shall not be entitled to
compensatory adjustments.
3. A Party may modify its Schedules to Annex 13A for reasons
other than the elimination of government control or influence only in exceptional
circumstances. In such cases, it shall propose to the other Party appropriate compensatory adjustments
in order to maintain a level of coverage comparable to that existing prior to the modification.
In considering proposed modifications and any consequential compensatory adjustment,
allowance shall be made for the market-opening effects of the removal of government control or
influence. The modification shall take effect on agreement by the Parties that the proposed
adjustments will maintain a comparable level of coverage.
ARTICLE
13.6 : DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. APEC means Asia
Pacific Economic Cooperation;
2. broadcasting services
means a series of text, video, images, sound recordings and other products scheduled by a content provider for audio and/or visual
reception, and for which the content provider has no choice over the scheduling of the
series;
3. build-operate-transfer
contract means any contractual arrangement the primary purpose of which is to provide for the construction or
rehabilitation of physical infrastructure, plant, buildings, facilities, or other government-owned works
and under which, as consideration for a supplier=s
execution of a contractual arrangement, an entity grants to the supplier, for a specified period of time, temporary ownership or a right to
control and operate, and demand payment for, the use of such works for the duration of the
contract; and
4. GPA means WTO
Agreement on Government Procurement.
ANNEX
13A
SCHEDULE
1
COVERED
ENTITIES
For the United States:
- Central Government Entities
All entities included in United States Appendix I, Annex 1 of
the GPA, for procurement covered by that Annex.
Thresholds:
for all goods and services (except construction services): US$
56,190, to be adjusted every two years in accordance with the formula
specified in Annex 13B; and
for construction services: US$ 6,481,000, to be adjusted in
accordance with the United States� Appendix I, Annex 1 of the GPA and the procedures
set forth in that Agreement, converted into U.S. dollars.
- Sub-Central Government Entities
All entities included in United States Appendix I, Annex 2 of
the GPA, for procurement covered by that Annex.
Thresholds:
for all goods and services (except construction services): US$
460,000; and
for construction services: US$ 6,481,000.
These thresholds are to be adjusted in accordance with the
United States =
Appendix I, Annex 2 of the GPA and the procedures set forth in that
Agreement, converted into U.S. dollars.
- All Other Entities
All entities included in the United States� Appendix I, Annex 3
of the GPA, for procurement covered by that Annex.
Thresholds:
for all goods and services (except construction services): the
SDR equivalent of US$ 250,000 or US$ 518,000 (400,000 SDRs) in accordance with the
respective lists in U.S. Appendix I, Annex 3; and
for construction services: US$ 6,481,000.
These thresholds are to be adjusted in accordance with the
United States� Appendix I, Annex 3 of the GPA and the procedures set forth in that
Agreement, converted into U.S. dollars.
For Singapore:
- Central Government Entities
All entities included in Singapore Appendix I, Annex 1 of the
GPA, for procurement covered by that Annex.
Thresholds:
for all goods and services (except construction services): S$
102,710, to be adjusted in accordance with the formula specified in Annex 13B;
and
for construction services: S$ 11,376,000, to be adjusted in
accordance with adjustment of thresholds under Singapore Appendix I, Annex 1 of
the GPA and the procedures set forth in that Agreement, converted into
Singapore dollars.
- Sub-Central Government Entities
Not applicable for Singapore.
- All Other Entities:
All entities included in Singapore Appendix I, Annex 3 of the
GPA, for procurement covered by that Annex.
Thresholds:
for all goods and services (except construction services): S$
910,000; and
for construction services: S$ 11,376,000.
These thresholds are to be adjusted in accordance with
adjustment of thresholds under Singapore Appendix I, Annex 3 of the GPA and the procedures set
forth in that Agreement, converted into Singapore dollars.
SCHEDULE
2
COVERED
GOODS
AND
SERVICES
For the United States:
- Goods
This Chapter applies to all goods covered under the United
States Appendix I of the GPA, as well as the products covered by Federal Supply Code 58
(Communications, Detection & Coherent Radiation Equipment), except for the
Department of Defense, and subject to the exclusions set out in United States Appendix I
for specific entities.
- Services (Other than construction services)
This Chapter applies to all services in the Universal List of
Services, as contained in document MTN.GNS/W/120 of the WTO, procured by the entities
specified in Schedule 1, excluding the following services:
(1) all transportation services, including Launching Services
(CPC Categories 71, 72, 73, 74, 8859, 8868);
Note: Transportation services, where incidental to a contract
for the procurement of supplies,
are not subject to this Chapter.
(2) dredging;
(3) all services purchased in support of military forces
overseas;
(4) management and operation contracts of certain government or
privately owned facilities used for government purposes, including federally
funded research and development centers (FFRDCs);
(5) public utilities services;
(6) basic telecommunications network and services listed in
paragraph 2C(a) to (g) of document MTN.GNS/W/120 of the WTO, such as public voice and data
services. This exclusion does not include information services, as defined in 47
U.S.C. 153 (20).
(7) research and Development; and
(8) printing Services (for GPA Annex 2 entities only).
- Construction Services
This Chapter applies to government procurement of all services
covered under Appendix I, Annex 5 of the GPA.
For Singapore:
- Goods
This Chapter applies to all goods covered under Singapore = s
Appendix I, Annex I of the GPA.
- Services (Other than construction services)
This Chapter applies to all services in the Universal List of
Services, as contained in document MTN.GNS/W/120 of the WTO, excluding the following
services:
(1) research and development services;
(2) police, public order, public safety and security services
and compulsory social security services;
(3) radio and television services, including transmission
services;
(4) exam Services;
(5) asset management and other financial services procured by
MOF (Ministry of Finance) and MAS (Monetary Authority of Singapore) for the
purpose of managing official foreign reserves and other foreign assets of
the Government of Singapore;
(6) urban planning and landscape architectural services;
(7) real estate services (excluding consultancy services, agency
services, auction and valuation services);
(8) supply of potable water for human consumption;
(9) social services;
(10) printing of Government legislation and gazette; and
(11) sale and distribution services for government debt.
- Construction Services
This Chapter applies to government procurement of all services
covered under Singapore = s
Appendix I, Annex 5 of the GPA.
ANNEX
13B
INDEXATION
AND
CONVERSION
OF
THRESHOLDS
1. The calculations referenced in Annex 13A of this Agreement
shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:
T 0
(1 + � i
)
= T 1
in which:
T 0 =
threshold value on
January 1, 2002
� i =
accumulated
inflation rate for the ith
two-year period
T 1 = new threshold
value
and the accumulated inflation rate (� i )
is measured by:
for the United States, the producer price index for finished
products published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics; and
for Singapore, the consumer price index published by the
Singapore Department of Statistics.
2. The first adjustment for inflation, to take effect on January 1, 2004,
shall be calculated using the period from November 1, 2001 to October 31, 2003.
All subsequent adjustments shall be calculated using two-year periods, each
period beginning November 1. The adjustments shall take effect on January 1 of
the year immediately following the end of the two-year period
CHAPTER 14 : ELECTRONIC COMMERCE
ARTICLE 14.1 : GENERAL
The Parties recognize the economic growth and opportunity provided by
electronic commerce and the importance of avoiding barriers to its use and
development and the applicability of WTO rules to electronic commerce.
ARTICLE 14.2 : ELECTRONIC SUPPLY
OF SERVICES
For greater certainty, the Parties affirm that measures related to the
supply of a service using electronic means falls within the scope of the obligations
contained in the relevant provisions of Chapters 8 (Cross-Border Trade in Services), 10
(Financial Services), and 15 (Investment), subject to any exceptions applicable to such obligations
and except where an obligation does not apply to any such measure pursuant to Articles 8.7
(Non-Conforming Measures), 10.9 (Non-Conforming Measures), or 15.12 (Non-Conforming
Measures).
ARTICLE 14.3 : DIGITAL PRODUCTS
1. A Party shall not apply customs duties or other duties, fees, or
charges on or in connection with the importation or exportation of digital products by
electronic transmission.14-1
2. Each Party shall determine the customs value of an imported carrier
medium bearing a digital product according to the cost or value of the carrier medium
alone, without regard to the cost or value of the digital product stored on the carrier medium.
3. A Party shall not accord less favorable treatment to some digital
products than it accords to other like digital products:
(a) on the basis that
(i) the digital products receiving less favorable treatment are
created, produced, published, stored, transmitted, contracted for, commissioned,
or first made available on commercial terms, outside its territory; or
(ii) the author, performer, producer, developer, or distributor of such
digital products is a person of the other Party or a non-Party,
or
(b) so as otherwise to afford protection to the other like digital
products that are created, produced, published, stored, transmitted, contracted for,
commissioned, or first made available on commercial terms, in its territory.
4.
(a) A Party shall not accord less favorable treatment to digital
products created, produced, published, stored, transmitted, contracted for, commissioned,
or first made available on commercial terms in the territory of the other Party
than it accords to like digital products created, produced, published, stored,
transmitted, contracted for, commissioned, or first made available on commercial
terms, in the territory of a non-Party.
(b) A Party shall not accord less favorable treatment to digital
products whose author, performer, producer, developer, or distributor is a person of the other
Party than it accords to like digital products whose author, performer, producer,
developer, or distributor is a person of a non-Party.
5. Paragraphs 3 and 4 do not apply to any non-conforming measure
described in Article 8.7 (Non-Conforming Measures), 10.9 (Non-Conforming Measures), or 15.12
(Non-Conforming Measures).
6. This Article does not apply to measures affecting the electronic
transmission of a series of text, video, images, sound recordings, and other products scheduled
by a content provider for aural and/or visual reception, and for which the content consumer has
no choice over the scheduling of the series.
ARTICLE 14.4 : DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. carrier medium means any physical object capable of storing a
digital product by any method now known or later developed, and from which a digital product
can be perceived, reproduced, or communicated, directly or indirectly, and includes, but
is not limited to, an optical medium, a floppy disk, or a magnetic tape;
2. digital products means computer programs, text, video,
images, sound recordings and other products that are digitally encoded, regardless of whether they
are fixed on a carrier medium or transmitted electronically;14-3
3. electronic transmission or transmitted electronically
means the transfer of digital products using any electromagnetic or photonic means; and
4. using electronic means means employing computer processing
CHAPTER 15 : INVESTMENT
SECTION A � DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE 15.1 : DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter, it is understood that:
1. central level of government means:
(a) for the United States, the federal level of government; and
(b) for Singapore, the national level of government;
2. Centre means the International Centre for Settlement of Investment
Disputes (�ICSID�) established by the ICSID Convention;
3. claimant means an investor of a Party that is a party to an
investment dispute with the other Party;
4. covered investment means, with respect to a Party, an investment in
its territory of an investor of the other Party in existence as of the date of entry into force
of this Agreement or established, acquired, or expanded thereafter;
5. disputing parties means the claimant and the respondent;
6. disputing party means either the claimant or the respondent;
7. enterprise means any entity constituted or organized under
applicable law, whether or not for profit, and whether privately or governmentally owned or controlled,
including a corporation, trust, partnership, sole proprietorship, joint venture,
association, or similar organization; and a branch of an enterprise;
8. enterprise of a Party means an enterprise constituted or organized
under the law of a Party, and a branch located in the territory of a Party and carrying out
business activities there;
9. freely usable currency means �freely usable currency� as determined
by the International Monetary Fund under its Articles of Agreement;
10. government enterprise means �government enterprise� as defined in
Chapter 12 (Anticompetitive Business Conduct, Designated Monopolies, and Government
Enterprises);
11. ICSID Additional Facility Rules means the Rules Governing the
Additional Facility for the Administration of Proceedings by the Secretariat of the International
Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes;
12. ICSID Convention means the Convention on the Settlement of
Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States, done at Washington, March
18, 1965;
13. investment means every asset owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by an investor, that has the characteristics of an investment.15-1
Forms that an investment may take include:
(a) an enterprise;
(b) shares, stock, and other forms of equity participation in an enterprise;
(c) bonds, debentures, other debt instruments, and loans;15-2
(d) futures, options, and other derivatives;
(e) turnkey, construction, management, production, concession,
revenue-sharing, and other similar contracts;
(f) intellectual property rights;
(g) licenses, authorizations, permits, and similar rights conferred pursuant
to applicable domestic law;15-3
15-4 and
(h) other tangible or intangible, movable or immovable property, and related
property rights, such as leases, mortgages, liens, and pledges.
14. investment agreement15-5 means a written
agreement that takes effect on or after the date of entry into force of this Agreement between a national authority15-6
of a Party and a covered investment or an investor of the other Party (i) that grants rights with
respect to natural resources or other assets that a national authority controls, and (ii) that the covered
investment or the investor relies on in establishing or acquiring the covered investment;
15. investment authorization15-7 means an
authorization that the foreign investment authority of a Party grants to a covered investment or an investor of the
other Party;
16. investor of a non-Party means, with respect to a Party, an
investor that is seeking to make, is making, or has made an investment in the territory of that Party,
that is not an investor of either Party;
17. investor of a Party means a Party or a national or an enterprise
of a Party that is seeking to make, is making, or has made an investment in the territory of the other
Party; provided, however, that a natural person who is a dual national shall be deemed to be
exclusively a national of the State of his/her dominant and effective nationality;
18. monopoly means �mo monopoly� as defined in Chapter 12
(Anticompetitive Business Conduct, Designated Monopolies, and Government Enterprises);
19. New York Convention means the United Nations Convention on the
Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards, done at New York, June 10, 1958;
20. non-disputing Party means the Party that is not a party to an
investment dispute;
21. protected information means confidential business information or
information that is privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure under a Party�s law;
22. regional level of government means, for the United States, a state
of the United States, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico. For Singapore, �regional level of
government� is not applicable, as Singapore has no government at the regional level;
23. respondent means the Party that is a party to an investment
dispute;
24. Secretary-General means the Secretary-General of ICSID;
25. tribunal means an arbitration tribunal established under Article
15.18 or 15.24; and
26. UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules means the arbitration rules of the
United Nations Commission on International Trade Law.
SECTION B � INVESTMENT
ARTICLE 15.2 : SCOPE AND COVERAGE
This Chapter applies to measures adopted or maintained by a Party relating
to:
(a) investors of the other Party;
(b) covered investments; and
(c) with respect to Articles 15.8 and 15.10, all investments in the territory
of the Party.
ARTICLE 15.3 : RELATION TO OTHER
CHAPTERS
1. In the event of any inconsistency between this Chapter and another
Chapter, the other Chapter shall prevail to the extent of the inconsistency.
2. A requirement by a Party that a service provider of the other Party post a
bond or other form of financial security as a condition of providing a service into its
territory does not of itself make this Chapter applicable to the provision of that cross-border service.
This Chapter applies to that Party�s treatment of the posted bond or financial security.
3. This Chapter does not apply to measures adopted or maintained by a Party
to the extent that they are covered by Chapter 10 (Financial Services).
ARTICLE 15.4 : NATIONAL TREATMENT
AND MOST-FAVORED-NATION
TREATMENT
1. Each Party shall accord to investors of the other Party treatment no less
favorable than that it accords, in like circumstances, to its own investors with respect to
the establishment, acquisition, expansion, management, conduct, operation, and sale or other
disposition of investments in its territory. Each Party shall accord to covered investments
treatment no less favorable than that it accords, in like circumstances, to investments in its
territory of its own investors with respect to the establishment, acquisition, expansion,
management, conduct, operation, and sale or other disposition of investments. The treatment each
Party shall accord under this paragraph is �national treatment.�
2. The treatment to be accorded by a Party under paragraph 1 means, with
respect to a state, territory or possession, treatment no less favorable than the most favorable
treatment accorded, in like circumstances, by that state, territory, or possession, to investors,
and to investments of investors, of the Party of which it forms a part.
3. Each Party shall accord to investors of the other Party treatment no less
favorable than that it accords, in like circumstances, to investors of any non-Party with
respect to the establishment, acquisition, expansion, management, conduct, operation, and
sale or other disposition of investments in its territory. Each Party shall accord to
covered investments treatment no less favorable than that it accords, in like circumstances, to
investments in its territory of investors of any non-Party with respect to the establishment,
acquisition, expansion, management, conduct, operation, and sale or other disposition of investments.
The treatment each Party shall accord under this paragraph is �most-favored-nation
treatment.�
4. Each Party shall accord to investors of the other Party and to their
covered investments the better of national treatment or most-favored-nation treatment.
ARTICLE 15.5 : MINIMUM STANDARD
OF TREATMENT15-8
1. Each Party shall accord to covered investments treatment in accordance
with customary international law, including fair and equitable treatment and full protection
and security.
2. For greater certainty, paragraph 1 prescribes the customary international
law minimum standard of treatment of aliens as the minimum standard of treatment to be
afforded to covered investments. The concepts of "fair and equitable treatment" and "full
protection and security" do not require treatment in addition to or beyond that which is required by that
standard, and do not create additional substantive rights.
(a) The obligation in paragraph 1 to provide "fair and equitable treatment"
includes the obligation not to deny justice in criminal, civil, or administrative
adjudicatory proceedings in accordance with the principle of due process embodied in the principal legal systems of the world; and
(b) The obligation in paragraph 1 to provide �full protection and security�
requires each Party to provide the level of police protection required under customary international law.
3. A determination that there has been a breach of another provision of this
Agreement, or of a separate international agreement, does not establish that there has been
a breach of this Article.
4. Without prejudice to paragraph 1 and notwithstanding Article 15.12.5(b),
each Party shall accord to investors of the other Party, and to covered investments,
non-discriminatory treatment with respect to measures it adopts or maintains relating to losses suffered
by investments in its territory owing to armed conflict or civil strife.
5. Paragraph 4 does not apply to existing measures relating to subsidies or
grants that would be inconsistent with Article 15.4.1 and 15.4.2 but for Article 15.12.5(b).
ARTICLE 15.6 : EXPROPRIATION15-9
1. Neither Party may expropriate or nationalize a covered investment either
directly or indirectly through measures equivalent to expropriation or nationalization
(�expropriation�), except:
(a) for a public purpose;
(b) in a non-discriminatory manner;
(c) on payment of prompt, adequate, and effective compensation in accordance
with paragraphs 2, 3, and 4; and
(d) in accordance with due process of law and Article 15.5.1, 15.5.2, and
15.5.3.
2. Compensation shall:
(a) be paid without delay;
(b) be equivalent to the fair market value of the expropriated investment
immediately before the expropriatory action was taken (�the date of expropriation�);
(c) be fully realizable and freely transferable; and
(d) not reflect any change in value occurring because the expropriatory
action had become known before the date of expropriation.
3. If the fair market value is denominated in a freely usable currency, the
compensation paid shall be no less than the fair market value on the date of expropriation,
plus interest at a commercially reasonable rate for that currency, accrued from the date of
expropriation until the date of payment.
4. If the fair market value is denominated in a currency that is not freely
usable, the compensation paid � converted into the currency of payment at the market rate
of exchange prevailing on the date of payment � shall be no less than:
(a) the fair market value on the date of expropriation, converted into a
freely usable currency at the market rate of exchange prevailing on that date, plus
(b) interest, at a commercially reasonable rate for that freely usable
currency, accrued from the date of expropriation until the date of payment.
5. This Article does not apply to the issuance of compulsory licenses granted
in relation to intellectual property rights in accordance with the Agreement on
Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (�TRIPS Agreement�), or to the revocation,
limitation, or creation of intellectual property rights, to the extent that such issuance, revocation,
limitation, or creation is consistent with Chapter 16 (Intellectual Property Rights) of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 15.7 : TRANSFERS15-10
1. Each Party shall permit all transfers relating to a covered investment to
be made freely and without delay into and out of its territory. Such transfers include:
(a) contributions to capital;
(b) profits, dividends, capital gains, and proceeds from the sale of all or
any part of the covered investment or from the partial or complete liquidation of the
covered investment;
(c) interest, royalty payments, management fees, and technical assistance and
other fees;
(d) payments made under a contract entered into by the investor, or the
covered investment, including payments made pursuant to a loan agreement;
(e) payments made pursuant to Article 15.6 and Article 15.5.4; and
(f) payments arising under Section C.
2. Each Party shall permit transfers relating to a covered investment to be
made in a freely usable currency at the market rate of exchange prevailing at the time of
transfer.
3. Each Party shall permit returns in kind relating to a covered investment
to be made as authorized or specified in an investment authorization or other written
agreement between the Party and a covered investment or an investor of the other Party.
4. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1, 2, and 3, a Party may prevent a transfer
through the equitable, non-discriminatory, and good faith application of its law relating
to:
(a) bankruptcy, insolvency, or the protection of the rights of creditors;
(b) issuing, trading, or dealing in securities, futures, options, or
derivatives;
(c) financial reporting or record keeping of transfers when necessary to
assist law enforcement or financial regulatory authorities;
(d) criminal or penal offenses; or
(e) ensuring compliance with orders or judgments in judicial or
administrative proceedings.
ARTICLE 15.8 : PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS15-11
1. Neither Party may impose or enforce any of the following requirements, or
enforce any commitment or undertaking, in connection with the establishment, acquisition,
expansion, management, conduct, operation, or sale or other disposition of an investment
of an investor of a Party or of a non-Party in its territory:
(a) to export a given level or percentage of goods or services;
(b) to achieve a given level or percentage of domestic content;
(c) to purchase, use, or accord a preference to goods produced in its
territory, or to purchase goods from persons in its territory;
(d) to relate in any way the volume or value of imports to the volume or
value of exports or to the amount of foreign exchange inflows associated with such investment;
(e) to restrict sales of goods or services in its territory that such
investment produces or supplies by relating such sales in any way to the volume or value of its
exports or foreign exchange earnings;
(f) to transfer a particular technology, production process, or other
proprietary knowledge to a person in its territory; or
(g) to supply exclusively from the territory of the Party the goods that it
produces or the services that it supplies to a specific regional market or to the world
market.
2. Neither Party may condition the receipt or continued receipt of an
advantage, in connection with the establishment, acquisition, expansion, management,
conduct, operation, or sale or other disposition of an investment in its territory of an investor of
a Party or of a non- Party, on compliance with any of the following requirements:
(a) to achieve a given level or percentage of domestic content;
(b) to purchase, use, or accord a preference to goods produced in its
territory, or to purchase goods from persons in its territory;
(c) to relate in any way the volume or value of imports to the volume or
value of exports or to the amount of foreign exchange inflows associated with such investment; or
(d) to restrict sales of goods or services in its territory that such
investment produces or supplies by relating such sales in any way to the volume or value of its
exports or foreign exchange earnings.
3.
(a) Nothing in paragraph 2 shall be construed to prevent a Party from
conditioning the receipt or continued receipt of an advantage, in connection with an
investment in its territory of an investor of a Party or of a non-Party, on compliance
with a requirement to locate production, supply a service, train or employ workers, construct or expand particular facilities, or carry out research and
development, in its territory.
(b) Paragraph 1(f) does not apply:
(i) when a Party authorizes use of an intellectual property right in
accordance with Article 16.7.6 (Patents), and to measures requiring the disclosure of proprietary information that fall within the scope of, and are consistent with, Article 39 of the TRIPS Agreement; or
(ii) when the requirement is imposed or the commitment or undertaking is enforced by a court, administrative tribunal, or competition authority to remedy a practice determined after judicial or administrative process to be anticompetitive under the Party�s competition laws.
(c) Paragraphs 1(b), (c), and (f), and 2(a) and (b), shall not be construed
to prevent a Party from adopting or maintaining measures, including environmental
measures:
(i) necessary to secure compliance with laws and regulations that are not inconsistent with this Agreement;
(ii) necessary to protect human, animal, or plant life or health; or
(iii) related to the conservation of living or non-living exhaustible natural resources;
provided that such measures are not applied in an arbitrary or unjustifiable manner, and provided that such measures do not constitute a disguised
restriction on investment or international trade.
(d) Paragraphs 1(a), (b), and (c), and 2(a) and (b), do not apply to
qualification requirements for goods or services with respect to export promotion and
foreign aid programs.
(e) Paragraphs 1(b), (c), (f), and (g), and 2(a) and (b), do not apply to
government procurement.
(f) Paragraphs 2(a) and (b) do not apply to requirements imposed by an
importing Party relating to the content of goods necessary to qualify for preferential
tariffs or preferential quotas.
4. For greater certainty, paragraphs 1 and 2 do not apply to any requirement
other than the requirements set out in those paragraphs.
ARTICLE 15.9 : SENIOR MANAGEMENT
AND BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
1. Neither Party may require that an enterprise of that Party that is a
covered investment appoint to senior management positions individuals of any particular
nationality.
2. A Party may require that a majority of the board of directors, or any
committee thereof, of an enterprise of that Party that is a covered investment, be of a
particular nationality, or resident in the territory of the Party, provided that the requirement does
not materially impair the ability of the investor of the other Party to exercise control over its
investment.
ARTICLE 15.10 : INVESTMENT AND ENVIRONMENT
Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to prevent a Party from adopting,
maintaining, or enforcing any measure otherwise consistent with this Chapter that it
considers appropriate to ensure that investment activity in its territory is undertaken in a manner
sensitive to environmental concerns.
ARTICLE 15.11 : DENIAL OF BENEFITS
A Party may deny the benefits of this Chapter to an investor of the other
Party that is an enterprise of such other Party and to investments of that investor if:
(a) investors of a non-Party own or control the enterprise and the denying
Party:
(i) does not maintain diplomatic relations with the non-Party; or
(ii) adopts or maintains measures with respect to the non-Party or an
investor of the non-Party that prohibit transactions with the enterprise or that would be violated or circumvented if the benefits of this Chapter were accorded to the enterprise or to its investments; or
(b) the enterprise has no substantial business activities in the territory of
the other Party, and investors of a non-Party, or of the denying Party, own or control
the enterprise.
ARTICLE 15.12 : NON-CONFORMING
MEASURES
1. Articles 15.4, 15.8, and 15.9 do not apply to:
(a) any existing non-conforming measure that is maintained by a Party at:
(i) the central level of government, as set out by that Party in its Schedule
to Annex 8A,
(ii) a regional level of government, as set out by that Party in its Schedule
to Annex 8A, or
(iii) a local level of government;
(b) the continuation or prompt renewal of any non-conforming measure referred
to in subparagraph (a); or
(c) an amendment to any non-conforming measure referred to in subparagraph
(a) to the extent that the amendment does not decrease the conformity of the
measure, as it existed immediately before the amendment, with Articles 15.4, 15.8, and
15.9.
2. Articles 15.4, 15.8, and 15.9 do not apply to any measure that a Party
adopts or maintains with respect to sectors, sub-sectors, or activities, as set out in its
Schedule to Annex 8B.
3. Neither Party may, under any measure adopted after the date of entry into
force of this Agreement and covered by its Schedule to Annex 8B, require an investor of the
other Party, by reason of its nationality, to sell or otherwise dispose of an investment
existing at the time the measure becomes effective.
4. Article 15.4 does not apply to any measure that is an exception to, or
derogation from, the obligations under Article 16.1.3 (General Provisions) as specifically
provided for in that Article.
5. Articles 15.4 and 15.9 do not apply to:
(a) government procurement; or
(b) subsidies or grants provided by a Party, including government-supported
loans, guarantees, and insurance.
ARTICLE 15.13 : SPECIAL FORMALITIES
AND INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS
1. Nothing in Article 15.4.1 and 15.4.2 shall be construed to prevent a Party
from adopting or maintaining a measure that prescribes special formalities in connection
with covered investments, such as a requirement that investors be residents of the Party
or that covered investments be legally constituted under the laws or regulations of the
Party, provided that such formalities do not materially impair the protections afforded by a Party to
investors of the other Party and covered investments pursuant to this Chapter.
2. Notwithstanding Article 15.4, a Party may require an investor of the other
Party, or a covered investment, to provide information concerning that investment solely
for informational or statistical purposes. The Party shall protect such business information
that is confidential from any disclosure that would prejudice the competitive position of the
investor or the covered investment. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent a Party
from otherwise obtaining or disclosing information in connection with the equitable and good
faith application of its law.
SECTION C � INVESTOR-STATE
DISPUTE SETTLEMENT
ARTICLE 15.14 : CONSULTATION AND
NEGOTIATION
In the event of an investment dispute, the claimant and the respondent should
initially seek to resolve the dispute through consultation and negotiation, which may include
the use of nonbinding, third-party procedures.
ARTICLE 15.15 : SUBMISSION OF A CLAIM
TO ARBITRATION15-12
1. In the event that a disputing party considers that an investment dispute
cannot be settled by consultation and negotiation:
(a) the claimant, on its own behalf, may submit to arbitration under this
Section a claim:
(i) that the respondent has breached
(A) an obligation under Section B,
(B) an investment authorization, or
(C) an investment agreement; and
(ii) that the claimant has incurred loss or damage by reason of, or arising
out of, that breach; and
(b) the claimant, on behalf of an enterprise of the respondent that is a
juridical person that the claimant owns or controls directly or indirectly, may submit to
arbitration under this Section a claim:
(i) that the respondent has breached
(A) an obligation under Section B,
(B) an investment authorization, or
(C) an investment agreement; and
(ii) that the enterprise has incurred loss or damage by reason of, or arising
out of, that breach.
2. For greater certainty, a claimant may submit to arbitration under this
Section a claim that the respondent has breached an obligation under Section B through the actions
of a designated monopoly or a government enterprise exercising delegated governmental
authority as described in Article 12.3.1(c)(i) and 12.3.2(b) (Designated Monopolies and Government
Enterprises), respectively.
3. Without prejudice to Article 10.1.2 (Scope and Coverage), no claim may be
submitted under this Section that alleges a violation of any provision of this
Agreement other than an obligation under Section B or the letter exchange on land expropriation.
4. At least 90 days before submitting any claim to arbitration under this
Section, a claimant shall deliver to the respondent a written notice of its intention to submit
the claim to arbitration (�notice of intent�). The notice shall specify:
(a) the name and address of the claimant and, where a claim is submitted on
behalf of an enterprise, the name, address, and place of incorporation of the
enterprise;
(b) for each claim, the provision of this Agreement, investment
authorization, or investment agreement alleged to have been breached and any other relevant provisions;
(c) the legal and factual basis for each claim; and
(d) the relief sought and the approximate amount of damages claimed.
5. Provided that six months have elapsed since the events giving rise to the
claim, a claimant may submit a claim referred to in paragraph 1:
(a) under the ICSID Convention and the ICSID Rules of Procedure for
Arbitration Proceedings, provided that both the respondent and the Party of the claimant
are parties to the ICSID Convention;
(b) under the ICSID Additional Facility Rules, provided that either the
respondent or the Party of the claimant, but not both, is a party to the ICSID Convention;
(c) under the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules; or
(d) if the claimant and respondent agree, to any other arbitration
institution or under any other arbitration rules.
6. A claim shall be deemed submitted to arbitration under this Section when
the claimant�s notice of or request for arbitration (�notice of arbitration�):
(a) referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 36 of the ICSID Convention is
received by the Secretary-General;
(b) referred to in Article 2 of Schedule C of the ICSID Additional Facility
Rules is received by the Secretary-General;
(c) referred to in Article 3 of the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules, together with
the statement of claim referred to in Article 18 of the UNCITRAL Arbitration
Rules, are received by the respondent; or
(d) referred to under any other arbitral institution or arbitral rules
selected under paragraph 3(d) is received by the respondent.
7. The arbitration rules applicable under paragraph 3, and in effect on the
date the claim or claims were submitted to arbitration under this Section, shall govern the
arbitration except to the extent modified by this Agreement.
8. The claimant shall provide with the notice of arbitration referred to in
paragraph 6:
(a) the name of the arbitrator that the claimant appoints; or
(b) the claimant�s written consent for the Secretary-General to appoint the
claimant�s arbitrator.
ARTICLE 15.16 : CONSENT OF EACH
PARTY TO ARBITRATION
1. Each Party consents to the submission of a claim to arbitration under this
Section in accordance with this Agreement.
2. The consent under paragraph 1 and the submission of a claim to arbitration
under this Section shall satisfy the requirements of:
(a) Chapter II of the ICSID Convention (Jurisdiction of the Centre) and the
ICSID Additional Facility Rules for written consent of the parties to the dispute;
and
(b) Article II of the New York Convention for an "agreement in writing."
ARTICLE 15.17 : CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS
ON CONSENT OF E ACH PARTY
1. No claim may be submitted to arbitration under this Section if more than
three years have elapsed from the date on which the claimant first acquired, or should have
first acquired, knowledge of the breach alleged under Article 15.15.1 and knowledge that the
claimant (for claims brought under Article 15.15.1(a)) or the enterprise (for claims
brought under Article 15.15.1(b)) has incurred loss or damage.
2. No claim may be submitted to arbitration under this Section unless:
(a) the claimant consents in writing to arbitration in accordance with the
procedures set out in this Agreement; and
(b) the notice of arbitration referred to in Article 15.15.6 is accompanied,
(i) for claims submitted to arbitration under Article 15.15.1(a), by the claimant�s written waiver; and
(ii) for claims submitted to arbitration under Article 15.15.1(b), by the claimant�s and the enterprise�s written waivers
of any right to initiate or continue before any administrative tribunal or
court under the law of either Party, or other dispute settlement procedures, any proceeding with respect to any measure alleged to constitute a breach
referred to in Article 15.15.
3. Notwithstanding paragraph 2(b), the claimant (for claims brought under
Article 15.15.1(a)) and the claimant or the enterprise (for claims brought under
Article 15.15.1(b)) may initiate or continue an action that seeks interim injunctive relief and does
not involve the payment of monetary damages before a judicial or administrative tribunal of
the respondent, provided that the action is brought for the sole purpose of preserving the
claimant�s or the enterprise�s rights and interests during the pendency of the arbitration.
ARTICLE 15.18 : SELECTION OF ARBITRATORS
1. Unless the disputing parties otherwise agree, the tribunal shall comprise
three arbitrators, one arbitrator appointed by each of the disputing parties and the third, who
shall be the presiding arbitrator, appointed by agreement of the disputing parties.
2. The Secretary-General shall serve as appointing authority for an
arbitration under this Section.
3. If a tribunal has not been constituted within 75 days from the date that a
claim is submitted to arbitration under this Section, the Secretary-General, on the
request of a disputing party, shall appoint, in his or her discretion, the arbitrator or arbitrators
not yet appointed.
4. For purposes of Article 39 of the ICSID Convention and Article 7 of
Schedule C to the ICSID Additional Facility Rules, and without prejudice to an objection to an
arbitrator on a ground other than nationality:
(a) the respondent agrees to the appointment of each individual member of a
tribunal established under the ICSID Convention or the ICSID Additional Facility
Rules;
(b) a claimant referred to in Article 15.15.1(a) may submit a claim to
arbitration under this Section, or continue a claim, under the ICSID Convention or the
ICSID Additional Facility Rules, only on condition that the claimant agrees in
writing to the appointment of each individual member of the tribunal; and
(c) a claimant referred to in Article 15.15.1(b) may submit a claim to
arbitration under this Section, or continue a claim, under the ICSID Convention or the
ICSID Additional Facility Rules, only on condition that the claimant and the
enterprise agree in writing to the appointment of each individual member of the
tribunal.
ARTICLE 15.19 : CONDUCT OF THE ARBITRATION
1. The disputing parties may agree on the legal place of any arbitration
under the arbitral rules applicable under Article 15.15.5(b), (c), or (d). If the disputing
parties fail to reach agreement, the tribunal shall determine the place in accordance with the
applicable arbitral rules, provided that the place shall be in the territory of either Party or of a
third State that is a party to the New York Convention.
2. The non-disputing Party may make oral and written submissions to the
tribunal regarding the interpretation of this Agreement.
3. The tribunal shall have the authority to accept and consider amicus
curiae submissions from any persons and entities in the territories of the Parties and from
interested persons and entities outside the territories of the Parties.
4. Without prejudice to a tribunal�s authority to address other objections as
a preliminary question, a tribunal shall address and decide as a preliminary question any
objection by the respondent that, as a matter of law, a claim submitted is not a claim for
which an award in favor of the claimant may be made under Article 15.25.
(a) Such objection shall be submitted to the tribunal as soon as possible
after the tribunal is constituted, and in no event later than the date the tribunal
fixes for the respondent to submit its counter-memorial (or, in the case of an amendment to
the notice of arbitration referred to in Article 15.15.6, the date the tribunal
fixes for the respondent to submit its response to the amendment).
(b) On receipt of an objection under this paragraph, the tribunal shall
suspend any proceedings on the merits, establish a schedule for considering the objection consistent with any schedule it has established for considering any other preliminary question, and issue a decision or award on the objection, stating
the grounds therefor.
(c) In deciding an objection under this paragraph, the tribunal shall assume
to be true the claimant�s factual allegations in support of any claim in the notice of arbitration (or any amendment thereof) and, in disputes brought under the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules, the statement of claim referred to in Article 18
of the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules. The tribunal may also consider any relevant facts not in dispute.
(d) The respondent does not waive any objection as to competence or any
argument on the merits merely because the respondent did or did not raise an objection under this paragraph or make use of the expedited procedure set out in the following paragraph.
5. In the event that the respondent so requests within 45 days after the
tribunal is constituted, the tribunal shall decide on an expedited basis an objection
under paragraph 4 or any objection that the dispute is not within the tribunal�s competence. The
tribunal shall suspend any proceedings on the merits and issue a decision or award on the objection(s),
stating the grounds therefor, no later than 150 days after the date of the request. However, if a
disputing party requests a hearing, the tribunal may take an additional 30 days to issue the
decision or award. Regardless of whether a hearing is requested, a tribunal may, on a showing of
extraordinary cause, delay issuing its decision or award by an additional brief period of
time, which may not exceed 30 days.
6. When it decides a respondent�s objection under paragraphs 4 or 5, the
tribunal may, if warranted, award to the prevailing disputing party reasonable costs and
attorneys� fees incurred in submitting or opposing the objection. In determining whether such an award
is warranted, the tribunal shall consider whether either the claimant�s claim or the
respondent�s objection was frivolous, and shall provide the disputing parties a reasonable opportunity
to comment.
7. A respondent may not assert as a defense, counterclaim, right of set-off,
or for any other reason that the claimant has received or will receive indemnification or
other compensation for all or part of the alleged damages pursuant to an insurance or guarantee
contract.
8. A tribunal may order an interim measure of protection to preserve the
rights of a disputing party, or to ensure that the tribunal�s jurisdiction is made fully
effective, including an order to preserve evidence in the possession or control of a disputing party
or to protect the tribunal�s jurisdiction. A tribunal may not order attachment or enjoin the
application of a measure alleged to constitute a breach referred to in Article 15.15. For
purposes of this paragraph, an order includes a recommendation.
9.
(a) In any arbitration conducted under this Section, at the request of a
disputing party, a tribunal shall, before issuing an award on liability, transmit its proposed
award to the disputing parties and to the non-disputing Party. Within 60 days after
the tribunal transmits its proposed award, the disputing parties may submit
written comments to the tribunal concerning any aspect of its proposed award. The tribunal shall consider any such comments and issue its award not later than
45 days after the expiration of the 60-day comment period.
(b) Subparagraph (a) shall not apply in any arbitration conducted pursuant to
this Section for which an appeal has been made available pursuant to paragraph 10.
10. If a separate multilateral agreement enters into force as between the
Parties that establishes an appellate body for purposes of reviewing awards rendered by
tribunals constituted pursuant to international trade or investment arrangements to hear investment
disputes, the Parties shall strive to reach an agreement that would have such appellate
body review awards rendered under Article 15.25 of this Section in arbitrations commenced after
the appellate body�s establishment.
ARTICLE 15.20 : TRANSPARENCY OF ARBITRAL
PROCEEDINGS
1. Subject to paragraphs 2 and 4, the respondent shall, after receiving the
following documents, promptly transmit them to the non-disputing Party and make them
available to the public:
(a) the notice of intent referred to in Article 15.15.4;
(b) the notice of arbitration referred to in Article 15.15.6;
(c) pleadings, memorials, and briefs submitted to the tribunal by a disputing
party and any written submissions submitted pursuant to Article 15.19.2 and 15.19.3 and Article 15.24;
(d) minutes or transcripts of hearings of the tribunal, where available; and
(e) orders, awards, and decisions of the tribunal.
2. The tribunal shall conduct hearings open to the public and shall
determine, in consultation with the disputing parties, the appropriate logistical
arrangements. However, any disputing party that intends to use information designated as protected
information in a hearing shall so advise the tribunal. The tribunal shall make appropriate
arrangements to protect the information from disclosure.
3. Nothing in this Section requires a respondent to disclose protected
information or to furnish or allow access to information that it may withhold in accordance
with Article 21.2 (Essential Security) or Article 21.4 (Disclosure of Information).
4. Protected information shall, if such information is submitted to the
tribunal, be protected from disclosure in accordance with the following procedures:
(a) Subject to paragraph 4(d), neither the disputing parties nor the tribunal
shall disclose to the non-disputing Party or to the public any protected
information where the disputing party that provided the information clearly designates it
in accordance with paragraph 4(b).
(b) Any disputing party claiming that certain information constitutes
protected information shall clearly designate the information at the time it is
submitted to the tribunal.
(c) A disputing party shall, at the same time that it submits a document
containing information claimed to be protected information, submit a redacted version of
the document that does not contain the information. Only the redacted version
shall be provided to the non-disputing Party and made public in accordance with paragraph 1.
(d) The tribunal shall decide any objection regarding the designation of
information claimed to be protected information. If the tribunal determines that such information was not properly designated, the disputing party that submitted
the information may (i) withdraw all or part of its submission containing such information, or (ii) agree to resubmit complete and redacted documents with corrected designations in accordance with the tribunal�s determination and paragraph 4(c). In either case, the other disputing party shall, whenever necessary, resubmit complete and redacted documents which either remove the information withdrawn under (i) by the disputing party that first submitted
the information or redesignate the information consistent with the designation
under
(ii) of the disputing party that first submitted the information.
5. Nothing in this Section authorizes a respondent to withhold from the
public information required to be disclosed by its laws.
ARTICLE 15.21 : GOVERNING LAW
1. Subject to paragraph 2, a tribunal shall decide the issues in dispute
related to an alleged breach of an obligation in Section B in accordance with this Agreement and
applicable rules of international law.
2. A decision of the Joint Committee declaring its interpretation of a
provision of this Agreement under Article 20.1.2 (Joint Committee) shall be binding on a
tribunal established under this Section, and any award must be consistent with that decision.
ARTICLE 15.22 : INTERPRETATION OF
ANNEXES
1. Where a respondent asserts as a defense that the measure alleged to be a
breach is within the scope of a reservation or exception set out in Annex 8A or Annex 8B, the
tribunal shall, on request of the respondent, request the interpretation of the Joint Committee
on the issue. The Joint Committee shall issue in writing any decision declaring its
interpretation under Article 20.1.2 (Joint Committee) to the tribunal within 60 days of delivery of the
request.
2. A decision issued by the Joint Committee under paragraph 1 shall be
binding on the tribunal, and any award must be consistent with that decision. If the Joint
Committee fails to issue such a decision within 60 days, the tribunal shall decide the issue.
ARTICLE 15.23 : EXPERT REPORTS
Without prejudice to the appointment of other kinds of experts where
authorized by the applicable arbitration rules, a tribunal, at the request of a disputing party
or, unless the disputing parties disapprove, on its own initiative, may appoint one or more experts to
report to it in writing on any factual issue concerning environmental, health, safety, or
other scientific matters raised by a disputing party in a proceeding, subject to such terms and
conditions as the disputing parties may agree.
ARTICLE 15.24 : CONSOLIDATION
1. Where two or more claims have been submitted separately to arbitration
under Article 15.15.1 and the claims have a question of law or fact in common and arise out
of the same events or circumstances, any disputing party may seek a consolidation order in
accordance with the agreement of all the disputing parties sought to be covered by the order or
the terms of paragraphs 2 through 10.
2. A disputing party that seeks a consolidation order under this Article
shall deliver, in writing, a request to the Secretary-General and to all the disputing parties
sought to be covered by the order and shall specify in the request:
(a) the names and addresses of all the disputing parties sought to be covered
by the order;
(b) the nature of the order sought; and
(c) the grounds on which the order is sought.
3. Unless the Secretary-General finds within 30 days after receiving a
request under paragraph 2 that the request is manifestly unfounded, a tribunal shall be
established under this Article.
4. Unless all the disputing parties sought to be covered by the order
otherwise agree, a tribunal established under this Article shall comprise three arbitrators:
(a) one arbitrator appointed by agreement of the claimants;
(b) one arbitrator appointed by the respondent; and
(c) the presiding arbitrator appointed by the Secretary-General, provided,
however, that the presiding arbitrator shall not be a national of either Party.
5. If, within 60 days after the Secretary-General receives a request made
under paragraph 2, the respondent fails or the claimants fail to appoint an arbitrator in
accordance with paragraph 4, the Secretary-General, on the request of any disputing party sought to be
covered by the order, shall appoint the arbitrator or arbitrators not yet appointed. If the
respondent fails to appoint an arbitrator, the Secretary-General shall appoint a national of the disputing
Party, and if the claimants fail to appoint an arbitrator, the Secretary-General shall appoint
a national of the nondisputing Party.
6. Where a tribunal established under this Article is satisfied that two or
more claims that have been submitted to arbitration under Article 15.15.1 have a question of
law or fact in common, and arise out of the same events or circumstances, the tribunal may,
in the interest of fair and efficient resolution of the claims, and after hearing the disputing
parties, by order:
(a) assume jurisdiction over, and hear and determine together, all or part of
the claims;
(b) assume jurisdiction over, and hear and determine one or more of the
claims, the determination of which it believes would assist in the resolution of the
others; or
(c) instruct a tribunal previously established under Article 15.18 to assume jurisdiction over, and hear and determine together, all or part of the
claims, provided that:
(i) that tribunal, at the request of any claimant not previously a disputing party before that tribunal, shall be reconstituted with its original members, except that the arbitrator for the claimants shall be appointed pursuant to paragraphs 4(a) and 5; and
(ii) that tribunal shall decide whether any prior hearing shall be repeated.
7. Where a tribunal has been established under this Article, a claimant that
has submitted a claim to arbitration under Article 15.15.1 and that has not been named in a
request made under paragraph 2 may make a written request to the tribunal that it be included in
any order made under paragraph 6, and shall specify in the request:
(a) the name and address of the claimant;
(b) the nature of the order sought; and
(c) the grounds on which the order is sought.
The claimant shall deliver a copy of its request to the Secretary-General.
8. A tribunal established under this Article shall conduct its proceedings in
accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules, except as modified by this Section.
9. A tribunal established under Article 15.18 shall not have jurisdiction to
decide a claim, or a part of a claim, over which a tribunal established or instructed under this
Article has assumed jurisdiction.
10. On application of a disputing party, a tribunal established under this
Article, pending its decision under paragraph 6, may order that the proceedings of a tribunal
established under Article 15.18 be stayed, unless the latter tribunal has already adjourned its
proceedings.
ARTICLE 15.25 : AWARDS
1. Where a tribunal makes a final award against a respondent, the tribunal
may award, separately or in combination, only:
(a) monetary damages and any applicable interest; and
(b) restitution of property, in which case the award shall provide that the
respondent may pay monetary damages and any applicable interest in lieu of restitution.
A tribunal may also award costs and attorneys� fees in accordance with this
Section and the applicable arbitration rules.
2. Subject to paragraph 1, where a claim is submitted to arbitration under
Article 15.15.1(b):
(a) an award of restitution of property shall provide that restitution be
made to the enterprise;
(b) an award of monetary damages and any applicable interest shall provide
that the sum be paid to the enterprise; and
(c) the award shall provide that it is made without prejudice to any right
that any person may have in the relief under applicable domestic law.
3. A tribunal may not award punitive damages.
4. An award made by a tribunal shall have no binding force except between the
disputing parties and in respect of the particular case.
5. Subject to paragraph 6 and the applicable review procedure for an interim
award, a disputing party shall abide by and comply with an award without delay.
6. A disputing party may not seek enforcement of a final award until:
(a) in the case of a final award made under the ICSID Convention,
(i) 120 days have elapsed from the date the award was rendered and no disputing party has requested revision or annulment of the award; or
(ii) revision or annulment proceedings have been completed; and
(b) in the case of a final award under the ICSID Additional Facility Rules,
the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules, or the rules selected pursuant to Article 15.15.5(d),
(i) 90 days have elapsed from the date the award was rendered and no disputing party has commenced a proceeding to revise, set aside, or annul the award, or
(ii) a court has dismissed or allowed an application to revise, set aside, or annul the award and there is no further appeal.
7. Each Party shall provide for the enforcement of an award in its territory.
8. If the respondent fails to abide by or comply with a final award, on
delivery of a written notification by the non-disputing Party, a panel shall be established under
Article 20.4.4(a) (Additional Dispute Settlement Procedures). The requesting Party may seek in
such proceedings:
(a) a determination that the failure to abide by or comply with the final
award is inconsistent with the obligations of this Agreement; and
(b) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article 20.4.5(b)
(Additional Dispute Settlement Procedures), a recommendation that the respondent abide by or comply with the final award.
9. A disputing party may seek enforcement of an arbitration award under the
ICSID Convention or the New York Convention regardless of whether proceedings have
been taken under paragraph 8.
10. A claim that is submitted to arbitration under this Section shall be
considered to arise out of a commercial relationship or transaction for purposes of Article I of the
New York Convention.
ARTICLE 15.26 : STATUS OF LETTER
EXCHANGES
The following letters exchanged this day on:
(a) Customary International Law;
(b) Expropriation;
(c) Land Expropriation; and
(d) Appellate Mechanism shall form an integral part of the Agreement.
ARTICLE 15.27 : SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS
Delivery of notices and other documents on a Party shall be made to the place
named for that Party in Annex 15D.
ANNEX 15A
TRANSFERS
1. Where a claimant submits a claim alleging that Singapore has breached an
obligation under Section B, other than Article 15.4, that arises from its imposition of
restrictive measures with regard to outward payments and transfers, Section C shall apply except
as modified below:
(a) A claimant may submit the claim under Article 15.15 only after one year
has elapsed since the measure was adopted.
(b) If the claim is submitted under Article 15.15.1(b), the claimant may, on
behalf of the enterprise, only seek damages with respect to the shares of the
enterprise for which the claimant has a beneficial interest.
(c) Paragraph 1(a) shall not apply to claims that arise from restrictions on:
(i) payments or transfers on current transactions, including the transfer of profits and dividends of foreign direct investment by investors of the United States;
(ii) transfers of proceeds of foreign direct investment by investors of the United States, excluding investments designed with the purpose of gaining direct or indirect access to the financial market; or
(iii) payments pursuant to a loan or bond15-13
regardless of where it is issued, including inter- and intra-company debt financing between affiliated enterprises, when such payments are made exclusively for the conduct, operation, management, or expansion of such affiliated enterprises, provided that these payments are made in accordance with the maturity date agreed on in the loan or bond agreement.
(d) Excluding restrictive measures referred to in paragraph 1(c), Singapore
shall incur no liability, and shall not be subject to claims, for damages arising from
its imposition of restrictive measures with regard to outward payments and
transfers that were incurred within one year from the date on which restrictions were imposed, provided that such restrictive measures do not substantially impede transfers.
(e) Claims arising from Singapore�s imposition of restrictive measures with
regard to outward payments and transfers shall not be subject to Article 15.24 unless Singapore consents.
2. The United States may not request the establishment of an arbitral panel
under Chapter 20 (Administration and Dispute Settlement) relating to Singapore�s imposition
of restrictive measures with regard to outward payments and transfers until one year has
elapsed since the measure was adopted. In determining whether compensation is owed or benefits
should be suspended, or the level of such compensation or suspension, pursuant to
Article 20.6 (Non-Implementation), the aggrieved Party and the panel shall consider whether the
restrictive measures were implemented at the request of the International Monetary Fund
(IMF).
ANNEX 15B
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Article15.8.1 does not preclude enforcement of any commitment, undertaking,
or requirement between private parties, where a Party did not impose or require the
commitment, undertaking, or requirement. For purposes of this Annex, private parties may include
designated monopolies or government enterprises, where such entities are not exercising delegated
governmental authority as described in Articles 12.3.1(c)(i) and 12.3.2(b) (Designated
Monopolies and Government Enterprises), respectively.
ANNEX 15C
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Singapore
With respect to Singapore, Article 15.8.1(f) does not apply with respect to
the sale or other disposition of an investment of an investor of a non-Party in its territory.
ANNEX 15D
SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS ON A PARTY
UNDER SECTION C
Singapore
Notices and other documents in disputes under Section C shall be served on
Singapore by delivery to:
Director (Trade)
Ministry of Trade and Industry
100 High Street, #09-01
The Treasury
Singapore 179434
United States
Notices and other documents in disputes under Section C shall be served on
the United States by delivery to:
Executive Director (L/EX)
Office of the Legal Adviser
Department of State
Washington, DC 20520
United States of America
CHAPTER 16 : INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
ARTICLE 16.1 : GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. Each Party shall, at a minimum, give effect to this Chapter.
2.
(a) Each Party shall ratify or accede to the following agreements:
(i) the Convention Relating to the Distribution of Programme-Carrying Signals Transmitted by Satellite (1974);
(ii) the International Convention for the Protection of New Varieties of
Plants (1991) ( A UPOV Convention @ );
(iii) the WIPO Copyright Treaty (1996);
(iv) the WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty (1996); and
(v) the Patent Cooperation Treaty (1984).
(b) Each Party shall give effect to:
(i) Articles 1 through 6 of the Joint Recommendation Concerning Provisions on the Protection of Well-Known Marks (1999), adopted by the Assembly of the Paris Union for the Protection of Industrial Property and the General Assembly of the World Intellectual Property Organization ( A WIPO @ );
and
(ii) the Trademark Law Treaty.16-1
(c) Each Party shall make best efforts to ratify or accede to:
(i) the Hague Agreement Concerning the International Registration of Industrial Designs (1999); and
(ii) the Protocol Relating to the Madrid Agreement Concerning the International Registration of Marks (1989).
3. In respect of all categories of intellectual property covered in this
Chapter, each Party hall accord to nationals
16-2 of the other Party
treatment no less favorable than it accords to its own nationals with regard to the protection16-3 and
enjoyment of such intellectual property rights and any benefits derived from such rights.
16-4
4. Each Party may derogate from paragraph 3 in relation to its judicial and
administrative procedures, including the designation of an address for service or the
appointment of an agent within the jurisdiction of a Party, only where such derogations are necessary
to secure compliance with laws and regulations that are not inconsistent with this
Chapter and where such practices are not applied in a manner that would constitute a disguised
restriction on trade.
5. Paragraphs 3 and 4 do not apply to procedures provided in multilateral
agreements concluded under the auspices of WIPO relating to the acquisition or
maintenance of intellectual property rights.
6. Except as otherwise provided in this Chapter:
(a) this Chapter gives rise to obligations in respect of all subject matter
existing at the date of entry into force of this Agreement that is protected on that date
in the Party where the protection is claimed and/or that meets or comes subsequently
to meet the criteria for protection under the terms of this Chapter;
(b) a Party shall not be required to restore protection to subject matter
that on the date of entry into force of this Agreement has fallen into the public domain in
the Party where the protection is claimed.
7. This Chapter does not give rise to obligations in respect of acts that
occurred before the date of entry into force of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 16.2 : TRADEMARKS, INCLUDING
GEOGRAPHICAL INDICATIONS
1. Each Party shall provide that trademarks shall include service marks,
collective marks, and certification marks,16-5 and may include
geographical indications.16-6 Neither Party shall require, as a condition of registration, that signs be visually perceptible,
but each Party shall make best efforts to register scent marks. Each Party shall afford an
opportunity for the registration of a trademark to be opposed.
2. Each Party shall provide that the owner of a registered trademark shall
have the exclusive right to prevent all third parties not having the owner's consent from using
in the course of trade identical or similar signs, including geographical indications, for goods or
services that are related to those in respect of which the trademark is registered, where such
use would result in a likelihood of confusion.
3. Each Party may provide limited exceptions to the rights conferred by a
trademark, such as fair use of descriptive terms, provided that such exceptions take account
of the legitimate interests of the owner of the trademark and of third parties.
4. Article 6bis of the Paris Convention for the Protection of
Industrial Property (1967) (�Paris Convention�) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to goods or
services that are not similar to those identified by a well-known trademark, whether registered or not,
provided that use of that trademark in relation to those goods or services would indicate a connection
between those goods or services and the owner of the trademark and provided that the
interests of the owner of the trademark are likely to be damaged by such use.
5. Neither Party shall require recordation of trademark licenses to establish
the validity of the license or to assert any rights in a trademark.
6. Pursuant to Article 20 of the TRIPS Agreement, each Party shall ensure
that its provisions mandating the use of a term customary in common language as the
common name for a product including, inter alia, requirements concerning the relative
size, placement, or style of use of the trademark in relation to the common name, do not impair the use or
effectiveness of a trademark used in relation to such products.16-7
ARTICLE 16.3 : DOMAIN NAMES
ON THE INTERNET
1. Each Party shall participate in the Governmental Advisory Committee of the
Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN), which serves to consider
and provide advice on the activities of the ICANN as they relate to government concerns,
including matters related to intellectual property and the domain name system, as well as to
promote responsible country code Top Level Domain (ccTLD) administration, management, and
operational practices.
2. Each Party shall require that registrants of domain names in its ccTLD are
subject to a dispute resolution procedure, modeled along the same lines as the principles
set forth in ICANN Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy (ICANN UDRP), to address and
resolve disputes related to the bad-faith registration of domain names in violation
of trademarks. Each Party shall also ensure that its corresponding ccTLDs provide public access
to a reliable and accurate A WHOIS @ database
of domain name registrant contact information.
ARTICLE 16.4 : OBLIGATIONS COMMON
TO COPYRIGHT AND RELATED RIGHTS
1. Each Party shall provide that authors, performers, and producers of
phonograms and their successors in interest have the right to authorize or prohibit all
reproductions, in any manner or form, permanent or temporary (including temporary storage in electronic
form).
2.
(a) Without prejudice to Articles 11(1)(ii), 11bis(1)(i) and (ii),
11ter(1)(ii), 14(1)(ii), and 14bis(1) of the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary
and Artistic Works (1971) (�Berne Convention�), each Party shall provide to authors, performers, producers of phonograms and their successors in interest the exclusive right to authorize or prohibit the communication to the public of
their works, performances, or phonograms, by wire or wireless means, including the making available to the public of their works, performances, and phonograms
in such a way that members of the public may access them from a place and at a time individually chosen by them. Notwithstanding paragraph 10, a Party may provide limitations or exceptions to this right in the case of performers and producers of phonograms for analog or digital free over-the-air terrestrial broadcasting and, further, a Party may provide limitations with respect to
other non-interactive transmissions, in certain special cases provided that such limitations do not conflict with a normal exploitation of performances or phonograms and do not unreasonably prejudice the interests of such right
holders.
(b) Neither Party shall permit the retransmission of television signals
(whether terrestrial, cable, or satellite) on the Internet without the authorization
of the right holder in the subject matter of the signal.
3. Each Party shall provide to authors, performers, producers of phonograms,
and their successors in interest the exclusive right of authorizing the making
available to the public of the original and copies of their works and phonograms through sale or other
transfer of ownership.
4. Each Party shall provide that where the term of protection of a work
(including a photographic work), performance, or phonogram is to be calculated:
(a) on the basis of the life of a natural person, the term shall be not less
than the life of the author and 70 years after the author = s
death; and
(b) on a basis other than the life of a natural person, the term shall be not
less than 70 years from the end of the calendar year of the first authorized publication
of the work, performance, or phonogram or, failing such authorized publication
within 50 years from the creation of the work, performance, or phonogram, not less
than 70 years from the end of the calendar year of the creation of the work, performance, or phonogram.
5. Each Party shall apply the provisions of Article 18 of the Berne
Convention, mutatis mutandis, to the subject matter, rights and obligations in Articles 16.4
and 16.5.
6. Each Party shall provide that for copyright and related rights, any person
acquiring or holding any economic right:
(a) may freely and separately transfer such right by contract; and
(b) by virtue of a contract, including contracts of employment underlying the
creation of works and phonograms, shall be able to exercise those rights in its own
name and enjoy fully the benefits derived from those rights.
7.
(a) In order to provide adequate legal protection and effective legal
remedies against the circumvention of effective technological measures that authors,
performers, producers of phonograms, and their successors in interest use in connection
with the exercise of their rights and that restrict unauthorized acts in respect
of their works, performances, and phonograms, each Party shall provide that any person who:
(i) knowingly, or having reasonable grounds to know, circumvents without authority any effective technological measure that controls access to a protected work, performance, phonogram, or other subject matter; or
(ii) manufactures, imports, distributes, offers to the public, provides, or otherwise traffics in devices, products, or components or offers to the public or provides services, which:
(A) are promoted, advertised, or marketed for the purpose of circumvention of any effective technological measure, or
(B) have only a limited commercially significant purpose or use other than to circumvent any effective technological measure, or
(C) are primarily designed, produced, or performed for the purpose of enabling or facilitating the circumvention of any effective technological measure;
shall be liable and subject to the remedies provided for in Article 16.9.5.
Each Party shall provide that any person, other than a nonprofit library, archive, educational institution, or public noncommercial broadcasting entity, that is
found to have engaged willfully and for purposes of commercial advantage or private financial gain in such activities shall be guilty of a criminal offense.
(b) For purposes of this paragraph, effective technological measure
means any technology, device, or component that, in the normal course of its operation, controls access to a protected work, performance, phonogram, or other subject matter, or protects any copyright or any rights related to copyright.
(c) Paragraph 7(a) obligates each Party to prohibit circumvention of
effective technological measures and does not obligate a Party to require that the
design of, or the design and selection of parts and components for, a consumer
electronics, telecommunications, or computing product provide for a response to any particular technological measure. The absence of a requirement to respond affirmatively shall not constitute a defense to a claim of violation of that
Party�s measures implementing paragraph 7(a).
(d) Each Party shall provide that a violation of the law implementing this
paragraph is independent of any infringement that might occur under the Party = s
law on copyright and related rights.
(e) Each Party shall confine exceptions to the prohibition referred to in
paragraph 7(a)(ii) on technology, products, services, or devices that circumvent
effective technological measures that control access to, and, in the case of clause (i)
below, that protect any of the exclusive rights of copyright or related rights in a
protected work, to the following activities, provided that they do not impair the
adequacy of legal protection or the effectiveness of legal remedies that the Party
provides against the circumvention of effective technological measures:
(i) noninfringing reverse engineering activities with regard to a lawfully obtained copy of a computer program, carried out in good faith with respect to particular elements of that computer program that have not been readily available to the person engaged in such activity, for the sole purpose of achieving interoperability of an independently created computer program with other programs;
(ii) noninfringing good faith activities, carried out by an appropriately qualified researcher who has lawfully obtained a copy, performance, or display of a work, and who has made a good faith effort to obtain authorization for such activities, to the extent necessary for the sole purpose of identifying and analyzing flaws and vulnerabilities of technologies for scrambling and descrambling of information;
(iii) the inclusion of a component or part for the sole purpose of preventing
the access of minors to inappropriate online content in a technology, product, service, or device provided that such technology, product, service or device itself is not prohibited under the measures implementing paragraph 7(a)(ii); and
(iv) noninfringing good faith activities that are authorized by the owner of
a computer, computer system, or computer network for the sole purpose of testing, investigating, or correcting the security of that computer, computer system, or computer network.
(f) Each Party shall confine exceptions to the prohibited conduct referred to
in paragraph 7(a)(i) to the activities listed in paragraph 7(e) and the
following activities, provided that such exceptions do not impair the adequacy of legal protection or the effectiveness of legal remedies the Party provides against
the circumvention of effective technological measures:
(i) access by a nonprofit library, archive, or educational institution to a
work not otherwise available to it, for the sole purpose of making acquisition decisions;
(ii) noninfringing activities for the sole purpose of identifying and
disabling a capability to carry out undisclosed collection or dissemination of personally identifying information reflecting the online activities of a natural person in a way that has no other effect on the ability of any person to gain access to any work; and
(iii) noninfringing uses of a particular class of works when an actual or
likely adverse impact on such noninfringing uses with respect to such particular class of works is credibly demonstrated in a legislative or administrative proceeding, provided that any exception adopted in reliance on this clause shall have effect for a period of not more than four years from the date of conclusion of such proceeding.
(g) Each Party may also provide exceptions to the prohibited conduct referred
to in paragraph 7(a) for lawfully authorized activities carried out by government employees, agents, or contractors for the purpose of law enforcement, intelligence, national defense, essential security, or similar government
activities.
8. In order to provide adequate and effective legal remedies to protect
rights management information:
(a) each Party shall provide that any person who without authority, and
knowingly, or, with respect to civil remedies, having reasonable grounds to know, that
it will induce, enable, facilitate, or conceal an infringement of any copyright or
related right,
(i) knowingly removes or alters any rights management information;
(ii) distributes or imports for distribution rights management information knowing that the rights management information has been altered without authority; or
(iii) distributes, imports for distribution, broadcasts, communicates, or
makes available to the public copies of works or phonograms, knowing that rights management information has been removed or altered without authority, shall be liable and subject to the remedies in Article 16.9.5. Each Party
shall provide that any person, other than a nonprofit library, archive, educational institution, or public noncommercial broadcasting entity, who is found to
have engaged willfully and for purposes of commercial advantage or private
financial gain in such activities shall be guilty of a criminal offense.
(b) For purposes of this paragraph, rights management information
means information which identifies a work, performance, or phonogram; the author of the work, the performer of the performance, or the producer of the phonogram;
or the owner of any right in the work, performance, or phonogram; information about the terms and conditions of the use of the work, performance, or phonogram; and any numbers or codes that represent such information, when any of these items is attached to a copy of the work, performance, or phonogram
or appears in conjunction with the communication or making available of a work, performance, or phonogram to the public. Nothing in this paragraph obligates
a Party to require the owner of any right in the work, performance, or
phonogram to attach rights management information to copies of it or to cause rights management information to appear in connection with a communication of the work, performance, or phonogram to the public.
9. Each Party shall issue appropriate laws, orders, regulations,
administrative, or executive decrees mandating that all government agencies use computer software only as
authorized by the right holder. Such measures shall actively regulate the acquisition and
management of software for such government use, which may take the form of procedures, such as
preparing and maintaining inventories of software present on agency computers, and
inventories of existing software licenses.
10. Each Party shall confine limitations or exceptions to exclusive rights in
Articles 16.4 and 16.5 to certain special cases which do not conflict with a normal
exploitation of the work, performance, or phonogram, and do not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate
interests of the right holder.
ARTICLE 16.5 : OBLIGATIONS PERTAINING
TO RELATED RIGHTS
1. Each Party shall accord the rights provided for in this Chapter to
performers and producers of phonograms who are nationals of the other Party and to
performances or phonograms first published or fixed in the territory of the other Party. A
performance or phonogram shall be considered first published in any Party in which it is
published within 30 days of its original publication.16-8
2. Each Party shall provide to performers the exclusive right to authorize or
prohibit:
(a) the communication to the public of their unfixed performances, except
where the performance is already a broadcast performance, and
(b) the fixation of their unfixed performances.
3. With respect to all rights of performers and producers of phonograms, the
enjoyment and exercise of the rights provided for in this Chapter shall not be subject to
any formality.
4. For the purposes of this Chapter, the following definitions apply with
respect to performers and producers of phonograms:
(a) performers means actors, singers, musicians, dancers, and other
persons who act, sing, deliver, declaim, play in, interpret, or otherwise perform literary or
artistic works or expressions of folklore;
(b) phonogram means the fixation of the sounds of a performance or of
other sounds, or of a representation of sounds, other than in the form of a fixation
incorporated in a cinematographic or other audiovisual work;16-9
(c) fixation means the embodiment of sounds, or of the representations
thereof, from which they can be perceived, reproduced, or communicated through a device;
(d) producer of a phonogram means the person, or the legal entity, who
or which takes the initiative and has the responsibility for the first fixation of the
sounds of a performance or other sounds, or the representations of sounds;
(e) publication of a fixed performance or a phonogram means the
offering of copies of the fixed performance or the phonogram to the public, with the consent of
the right holder, and provided that copies are offered to the public in
reasonable quantity; and
(f) broadcasting means the transmission by wireless means for public
reception of sounds or of images and sounds or of the representations thereof; such transmission by satellite is also broadcasting; transmission of encrypted
signals is broadcasting where the means for decrypting are provided to the public by the broadcasting organization or with its consent.
ARTICLE 16.6 : PROTECTION OF ENCRYPTED
PROGRAM-CARRYING SATELLITE
SIGNALS
1. Each Party shall make it:
(a) a criminal offense to manufacture, assemble, modify, import, export,
sell, lease, or otherwise distribute a tangible or intangible device or system, knowing or
having reason to know that the device or system is primarily of assistance in
decoding an encrypted program-carrying satellite signal without the authorization of the
lawful distributor of such signal;
(b) a criminal offense willfully to receive or further distribute an
encrypted programcarrying satellite signal that has been decoded without the authorization of the lawful distributor of the signal; and
(c) a civil offense to engage in any activity prohibited under subparagraph
(a) or (b).
2. Each Party shall provide that any civil offense established under
subparagraph (c) shall be actionable by any person that holds an interest in the encrypted
program-carrying satellite signal or the content thereof.
ARTICLE 16.7 : PATENTS
1. Each Party shall make patents available for any invention, whether a
product or a process, in all fields of technology, provided that the invention is new, involves an
inventive step, and is capable of industrial application. For purposes of this Article, a Party may
treat the terms "inventive step" and "capable of industrial application" as being synonymous
with the terms "non-obvious" and "useful", respectively. Each Party may exclude inventions
from patentability only as defined in Articles 27.2 and 27.3(a) of the TRIPS Agreement.
2. Each Party shall provide that patent owners shall also have the right to
assign, or transfer by succession, a patent and to conclude licensing contracts. Each Party shall
provide a cause of action to prevent or redress the procurement of a patented pharmaceutical
product, without the authorization of the patent owner, by a party who knows or has reason to know
that such product is or has been distributed in breach of a contract between the right holder
and a licensee, regardless of whether such breach occurs in or outside its territory.16-10
Each Party shall provide that in such a cause of action, notice shall constitute constructive
knowledge.
3. Each Party may provide limited exceptions to the exclusive rights
conferred by a patent, provided that such exceptions do not unreasonably conflict with a normal
exploitation of the patent and do not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the
patent owner, taking account of the legitimate interests of third parties.
4. Each Party shall provide that a patent may only be revoked on grounds that
would have justified a refusal to grant the patent, or that pertain to the insufficiency
of or unauthorized amendments to the patent specification, non-disclosure or misrepresentation
of prescribed, material particulars, fraud, and misrepresentation. Where such proceedings
include opposition proceedings, a Party may not make such proceedings available prior to the
grant of the patent.
5. If a Party permits the use by a third party of the subject matter of a
subsisting patent to support an application for marketing approval of a pharmaceutical product,
that Party shall provide that any product produced under such authority shall not be made,
used, or sold in the territory of that Party other than for purposes related to meeting
requirements for marketing approval, and if the Party permits exportation, the product shall only be
exported outside the territory of that Party for purposes of meeting marketing approval
requirements of that Party.
6. Neither Party shall permit the use16-11 of the
subject matter of a patent without the authorization of the right holder except in the following circumstances:
(a) to remedy a practice determined after judicial or administrative process
to be anticompetitive under the competition laws of the Party;16-12
(b) in the case of public non-commercial use or in the case of a national
emergency or other circumstances of extreme urgency, provided that:
(i) such use is limited to use by the government or third parties authorized
by the government;
(ii) the patent owner is provided with reasonable and entire compensation for such use and manufacture; and
(iii) the Party shall not require the patent owner to transfer undisclosed information or technical "know how" related to a patented invention that has been authorized for use without the consent of the patent owner pursuant to this paragraph.
Where a Party�s law allows for such use pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and
(b), the Party shall respect the provisions of Article 31 of the TRIPS Agreement.
7. Each Party, at the request of the patent owner, shall extend the term of a
patent to compensate for unreasonable delays that occur in granting the patent. For the
purposes of this paragraph, an unreasonable delay shall at least include a delay in the
issuance of the patent of more than four years from the date of filing of the application with the
Party, or two years after a request for examination of the application has been made, whichever is later,
provided that periods attributable to actions of the patent applicant need not be included
in the determination of such delays.16-13
8. Where a Party provides for the grant of a patent on the basis of an
examination of the invention conducted in another country, that Party, at the request of the
patent owner, may extend the term of a patent for up to five years to compensate for the
unreasonable delay that may occur in the issuance of the patent granted by such other country where
that country has extended the term of the patent based on such delay.
ARTICLE 16.8 : CERTAIN REGULATED
PRODUCTS
1. If a Party requires the submission of information concerning the safety
and efficacy of a pharmaceutical or agricultural chemical product prior to permitting the
marketing of such product, the Party shall not permit third parties not having the consent of
the party providing the information to market the same or a similar product on the basis of the
approval granted to the party submitting such information for a period of at least five years from
the date of approval for a pharmaceutical product and ten years from the date of approval for an
agricultural chemical product.16-14
2. If a Party provides a means of granting approval to market a product
specified in paragraph 1 on the basis of the grant of an approval for marketing of the
same or similar product in another country, the Party shall defer the date of any such approval to
third parties not having the consent of the party providing the information in the other country for
at least five years from the date of approval for a pharmaceutical product and ten years from the date
of approval for an agricultural chemical product in the territory of the Party or in the other
country, whichever is later.
3. Where a product is subject to a system of marketing approval pursuant to
paragraph 1 or 2 and is also subject to a patent in the territory of that Party, the Party
shall not alter the term of protection that it provides pursuant to paragraph 1 or 2 in the event that
the patent protection terminates on a date earlier than the end of the term of such protection.
4. With respect to any pharmaceutical product that is subject to a patent:
(a) each Party shall make available an extension of the patent term to
compensate the patent owner for unreasonable curtailment of the patent term as a result of
the marketing approval process;
(b) the Party shall provide that the patent owner shall be notified of the
identity of any third party requesting marketing approval effective during the term of
the patent; and
(c) the Party shall not grant marketing approval to any third party prior to
the expiration of the patent term, unless by consent or with the acquiescence of
the patent owner.
ARTICLE 16.9 : ENFORCEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY RIGHTS
General Obligations
1. Each Party shall ensure that in judicial and administrative proceedings
for the enforcement of intellectual property rights, decisions on the merits of a
case, that under the law or practice of the Party are of general application, shall preferably be in
writing and shall state the reasons on which the decisions are based.
2. Each Party shall ensure that its laws and regulations, procedures, final
judicial decisions, and administrative rulings of general application pertaining to the
enforcement of intellectual property rights shall be published, or where such publication is not
practicable, made publicly available, in a national language, in such a manner as to enable the other
Party and right holders to become acquainted with them. Nothing in this paragraph shall require a
Party to disclose confidential information the disclosure of which would impede law enforcement
or otherwise be contrary to the public interest or would prejudice the legitimate commercial
interests of particular enterprises, public or private.
3. Each Party shall inform the public of its efforts to provide effective
enforcement of intellectual property rights in its civil, administrative, and criminal
system, including any statistical information that the Party may collect for such purposes.
4. The Parties understand that a decision that a Party makes on the
distribution of enforcement resources shall not excuse that Party from complying with this
Chapter.
5. Each Party shall provide for civil remedies against the actions described
in paragraphs 7 and 8 of Article 16.4. These shall include at least:
(a) provisional measures, including seizure of devices and products suspected
of being involved in the prohibited activity;
(b) the opportunity for the right holder to elect between actual damages it
suffered (plus any profits attributable to the prohibited activity not taken into
account in computing the actual damages) or pre-established damages;
(c) payment to a prevailing right holder of court costs and fees and
reasonable attorney�s fees by the party engaged in the prohibited conduct at the
conclusion of the civil judicial proceeding; and
(d) destruction of devices and products found to be involved in the
prohibited conduct.
6. In civil, administrative, and criminal proceedings involving copyright or
related rights, each Party shall provide for a presumption that, in the absence of proof to
the contrary, the natural person or legal entity whose name is indicated as the author,
producer, performer, or publisher of the work, performance, or phonogram in the usual manner, is the
designated right holder in such work, performance, or phonogram. Each Party shall also provide
for a presumption that, in the absence of proof to the contrary, the copyright or
related right subsists in such subject matter.
Civil and Administrative Procedures and Remedies for the Enforcement of
Intellectual Property Rights
7. Each Party shall make available to right holders16-15
civil judicial procedures concerning the enforcement of any intellectual property right.
8. Each Party shall provide that in civil judicial proceedings, its judicial
authorities shall have the authority, at least with respect to works, phonograms, and
performances protected by copyright or related rights, and in cases of trademark infringement, to order
the infringer to pay the right holder damages adequate to compensate for the injury the right
holder has suffered because of an infringement of that person = s
intellectual property right by an infringer engaged in infringing activity, as well as the profits of the infringer that are
attributable to the infringement and are not taken into account in computing the actual damages. In addition,
in determining injury to the right holder, the judicial authorities shall, inter alia,
consider the value of the infringed-upon good or service, according to the suggested retail price of
the legitimate good or service.
9. In civil judicial proceedings, each Party shall, at least with respect to
works, phonograms and performances protected by copyright or related rights, and in cases of
trademark counterfeiting, establish or maintain pre-established damages that shall be
available on the election of the right holder. Each Party shall provide that pre-established
damages shall be in an amount sufficiently high to constitute a deterrent to future infringements
and with the intent to compensate the right holder for the harm caused by the infringement.
10. Each Party shall provide that its judicial authorities, except in
exceptional circumstances, shall have the authority to order, at the conclusion of the civil judicial
proceedings concerning copyright or related rights and trademark counterfeiting, that a prevailing
right holder shall be paid court costs or fees and reasonable attorney = s
fees by the infringing party.
11. In civil judicial proceedings concerning copyright or related rights
infringement and trademark counterfeiting, each Party shall provide that its judicial
authorities shall have the authority to order the seizure of suspected infringing goods and any related
materials and implements used to accomplish the prohibited activity.
12. Each Party shall provide that:
(a) in civil judicial proceedings, at the right holder = s
request, goods that have been found to be pirated or counterfeit shall be destroyed, except in exceptional
cases;
(b) its judicial authorities have the authority to order that materials and
implements which have been used in the creation of the infringing goods be, without compensation of any sort, promptly destroyed or, in exceptional cases,
without compensation of any sort, disposed of outside the channels of commerce in
such a manner as to minimize the risks of further infringements; and
(c) in regard to counterfeit trademarked goods, the simple removal of the
trademark unlawfully affixed shall not be sufficient to permit the release of goods
into the channels of commerce.
13. Each Party shall provide that in civil judicial proceedings, its judicial
authorities shall have the authority to order the infringer to identify third parties that are
involved in the production and distribution of the infringing goods or services and their
channels of distribution and to provide this information to the right holder. Each Party shall provide
that its judicial authorities shall have the authority to fine or imprison, in appropriate
cases, persons who fail to abide by valid orders issued by such authorities.
Provisional Measures Concerning the Enforcement of Intellectual Property
Rights
14. Each Party shall provide that requests for relief inaudita altera
parte shall be dealt with expeditiously in accordance with the Party�s judicial rules.
15. Each Party shall provide that:
(a) its judicial authorities have the authority to require the plaintiff to
provide any reasonably available evidence in order to satisfy themselves with a
sufficient degree of certainty that the plaintiff's right is being infringed or that
such infringement is imminent, and to order the plaintiff to provide a reasonable security or equivalent assurance set at a level sufficient to protect the
defendant and to prevent abuse, and so as not to unreasonably deter recourse to such procedures.
(b) in the event that its judicial or other authorities appoint experts,
technical or otherwise, that must be paid by the plaintiff, such costs should be closely
related,
inter alia, to the quantity of work to be performed and should not
unreasonably deter recourse to such relief.
Special Requirements Related to Border Measures Concerning the Enforcement of
Intellectual
Property Rights
16. Each Party shall provide that any right holder initiating procedures for
suspension by the Party�s customs authorities of the release of suspected counterfeit trademark
or pirated copyright goods16 into free circulation shall be required to
provide adequate evidence to satisfy the competent authorities that, under the law of the importing country, there is
prima facie an infringement of the right holder's intellectual property right and to supply
sufficient information that may reasonably be expected to be within the right holder = s
knowledge to make the suspected goods reasonably recognizable to the customs authorities.
17. Each Party shall provide that its competent authorities shall have the
authority to require an applicant to provide a reasonable security or equivalent assurance
sufficient to protect the defendant and the competent authorities and to prevent abuse. Each Party
shall provide that the security or assurance shall not unreasonably deter recourse to these
procedures.
18. Where its competent authorities have made a determination that goods are
counterfeit or pirated, the Party shall grant its competent authorities the authority to
inform the right holder of the names and addresses of the consignor, the importer, and the consignee,
and of the quantity of the goods in question.
19. Each Party shall provide that its competent authorities may initiate
border measures ex officio, without the need for a formal complaint from a private party or
right holder. Such measures shall apply to shipments of pirated and counterfeit goods imported
into or exported out of a Party�s territory, including shipments consigned to a local party. For
transshipped goods that are not consigned to a local party, each Party shall, upon request,
endeavor to examine such goods. For products transshipped through the territory of a Party destined
for the territory of the other Party, the former shall cooperate to provide all available information
to the latter Party to enable effective enforcement against shipments of counterfeit or pirated
goods. Each Party shall ensure that it has the authority to undertake such cooperation in response to
a request by the other Party on counterfeit or pirated goods en route to that other Party.
20. Each Party shall provide that goods that its competent authorities have
determined to be pirated or counterfeit shall be destroyed, except in exceptional cases. In
regard to counterfeit trademark goods, the simple removal of the trademark unlawfully affixed shall
not be sufficient to permit the release of the goods into the channels of commerce. In no event
shall the competent authorities be authorized to permit the export of counterfeit or
pirated goods.
Criminal Procedures and Remedies for the Enforcement of Intellectual Property
Rights
21. Each Party shall provide criminal procedures and penalties to be applied
at least in cases of willful trademark counterfeiting or copyright or related rights piracy on
a commercial scale. Willful copyright or related rights piracy on a commercial scale includes (i)
significant willful infringements of copyright or related rights that have no direct or indirect
motivation of financial gain, as well as (ii) willful infringements for purposes of commercial
advantage or financial gain.
(a) Specifically, each Party shall provide:
(i) remedies that include imprisonment as well as monetary fines sufficiently high to deter future acts of infringement consistent with a policy of removing the monetary incentive of the infringer. Also, each Party shall encourage its judicial authorities to impose such fines at levels sufficient to provide a deterrent to future infringements;
(ii) that its judicial authorities have the authority to order the seizure of suspected counterfeit or pirated goods, any related materials and implements that have been used in the commission of the offense, any assets traceable to the infringing activity, and documentary evidence relevant to the offense that fall within the scope of such order. Items that are subject to seizure pursuant to such order need not be individually identified so long as they fall within general categories specified in the order;
(iii) that its judicial authorities shall, except in exceptional cases, order
the forfeiture and destruction of all counterfeit or pirated goods, and, at least with respect to willful copyright or related rights piracy, materials and implements that have been used in the creation of the infringing goods. Each Party shall further provide that such forfeiture and destruction shall occur without compensation of any kind to the defendant; and
(iv) that its authorities may initiate legal action ex officio,
without the need for a formal complaint by a private party or right holder.
(b) Each Party may provide procedures for right holders to initiate private
criminal actions. However, these procedures shall not be unduly burdensome or costly
for right holders. Each Party shall ensure that non-private criminal actions are
the primary means by which it ensures the effective enforcement of its criminal
law against willful copyright or related rights piracy. In addition, each Party
shall ensure that its competent authorities bring criminal actions, as necessary,
to act as a deterrent to further infringements.
Limitations on Liability for Service Providers
22. Each Party shall provide, consistent with the framework set forth in
Article 16.9:
(a) legal incentives for service providers to cooperate with copyright16-17
owners in deterring the unauthorized storage and transmission of copyrighted materials;
and
(b) limitations in its law regarding the scope of remedies available against
service providers for copyright infringements that they do not control, initiate, or
direct, and that take place through systems or networks controlled or operated by
them or on their behalf, as set forth in this subparagraph.16-18
(i) These limitations shall preclude monetary relief and provide reasonable restrictions on court-ordered relief to compel or restrain certain actions
for the following functions and shall be confined to those functions:16-19
(A) transmitting, routing or providing connections for material without modification of its content, or the intermediate and transient storage of such material in the course thereof;
(B) caching carried out through an automatic process;
(C) storage at the direction of a user of material residing on a system or network controlled or operated by or for the service provider; and
(D) referring or linking users to an online location by using information location tools, including hyperlinks and directories.
(ii) These limitations shall apply only where the service provider does not initiate the chain of transmission of the material, and does not select the material or its recipients (except to the extent that a function described in clause (i)(D) in itself entails some form of selection).
(iii) Qualification by a service provider for the limitations as to each
function in clauses (i)(A) through (i)(D) shall be considered separately from qualification for the limitations as to each other function, in accordance with the conditions for qualification set forth in subparagraphs (iv) �
(vii).
(iv) With respect to functions referred to in clause (i)(B), the limitations
shall be conditioned on the service provider:
(A) permitting access to cached material in significant part only to users of its system or network who have met conditions on user access to that material;
(B) complying with rules concerning the refreshing, reloading, or other updating of the cached material when specified by the person making the material available online in accordance with a generally accepted industry standard data communications protocol for the system or network through which that person makes the material available;
(C) not interfering with technology consistent with industry standards accepted in the territory of each Party used at the originating site to obtain information about the use of the material, and not modifying its content in transmission to subsequent users; and
(D) expeditiously removing or disabling access, on receipt of an effective notification of claimed infringement, to cached material that has been removed or access to which has been disabled at the originating site.
(v) With respect to functions referred to in clauses (i)(C) and (i)(D), the limitations shall be conditioned on the service provider:
(A) not receiving a financial benefit directly attributable to the infringing activity, in circumstances where it has the right and ability to control such activity;
(B) expeditiously removing or disabling access to the material residing on its system or network on obtaining actual knowledge of the infringement or becoming aware of facts or circumstances from which the infringement was apparent, such as through effective notifications of claimed infringement in accordance with subparagraph (ix) and
(C) publicly designating a representative to receive such notifications.
(vi) Eligibility for the limitations in this subparagraph shall be
conditioned on the service provider:
(A) adopting and reasonably implementing a policy that provides for termination in appropriate circumstances of the accounts of repeat infringers; and
(B) accommodating and not interfering with standard technical measures accepted in the territory of each Party that protect and identify copyrighted material, that are developed through an open, voluntary process by a broad consensus of copyright owners and service providers, that are available on reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms, and that do not impose substantial costs on service providers or substantial burdens on their systems or networks.
(vii) Eligibility for the limitations in this subparagraph may not be
conditioned on the service provider monitoring its service, or affirmatively seeking facts indicating infringing activity, except to the extent consistent with such technical measures.
(viii) If the service provider qualifies for the limitations with respect to
the functions referred to in clause (i)(A), court-ordered relief to compel or restrain certain actions shall be limited to terminating specified accounts, or to taking reasonable steps to block access to a specific, non-domestic online location. If the service provider qualifies for the limitations with respect to any other function in clause (i), court-ordered relief to compel or restrain certain actions shall be limited to removing or disabling access to the infringing material, terminating specified accounts, and other remedies that a court may find necessary provided that such other remedies are the least burdensome to the service provider among comparably effective forms of relief. Each Party shall provide that any such relief shall be issued with due regard for the relative burden to the service provider and harm to the copyright owner, the technical feasibility and effectiveness of the remedy, and whether less burdensome, comparably effective enforcement methods are available. Except for orders ensuring the preservation of evidence, or other orders having no material adverse effect on the operation of the service provider = s communications network, each Party shall provide that such relief shall be available only where the service provider has received notice of the court order proceedings referred to in this subparagraph and an opportunity to appear before the judicial authority.
(ix) For purposes of the notice and take down process for the functions referred to in clauses (i)(C) and (D), each Party shall establish appropriate procedures for effective notifications of claimed infringement, and effective counter-notifications by those whose material is removed or disabled through mistake or misidentification. Each Party shall also provide for monetary remedies against any person who makes a knowing material misrepresentation in a notification or counter-notification that causes injury to any interested party as a result of a service provider relying on the misrepresentation.
(x) If the service provider removes or disables access to material in good
faith based on claimed or apparent infringement, each Party shall provide that the service provider shall be exempted from liability for any resulting claims, provided that, in the case of material residing on its system or network, it takes reasonable steps promptly to notify the person making the material available on its system or network that it has done so and, if such person makes an effective counter-notification and is subject to jurisdiction in an infringement suit, to restore the material online unless the person giving the original effective notification seeks judicial relief within a reasonable time.
(xi) Each Party shall establish an administrative or judicial procedure
enabling copyright owners who have given effective notification of claimed infringement to obtain expeditiously from a service provider information in its possession identifying the alleged infringer.
(xii) For purposes of the functions referred to in clause (i)(A), service
provider
means a provider of transmission, routing or connections for digital online communications without modification of their content between or among points specified by the user of material of the user = s
choosing, and for purposes of the functions referred to in clauses (i)(B) through (i)(D) service provider means a provider or operator of facilities for online services or network access.
ARTICLE 16.10 : TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
1. Each Party shall implement the obligations of this Chapter within the
following periods:
(a) Each Party shall ratify or accede to the UPOV Convention and give effect
to the obligations in paragraph 4 of Article 16.4 within six months of the date of
entry into force of this Agreement or December 31, 2004, whichever date is earlier;
(b) each Party shall ratify or accede to the agreements listed in paragraph
2(a) of Article 16.1(except for the UPOV Convention) and give effect to Articles 16.4 and 16.5 (except for paragraph 4 of Article 16.4) within one year of the date
of entry into force of this Agreement; and
(c) each Party shall implement each of the other obligations of this Chapter
within six months of the date of entry into force of this Agreement.
2. Except as otherwise provided in this Chapter, the date of entry into force
in paragraph 6(b) of Article 16.1 means the date of the expiry of the six-month period
commencing on the date this Agreement enters into force.
CHAPTER 17 : LABOR
ARTICLE 17.1 : STATEMENT OF SHARED
COMMITMENT
1. The Parties reaffirm their obligations as members of the International
Labor Organization ( AILO�) and their commitments under the ILO
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work and its Follow-up.17-1 Each Party shall strive
to ensure that such labor principles and the internationally recognized labor rights set forth in Article 17.7 are
recognized and protected by domestic law.
2. Recognizing the right of each Party to establish its own domestic labor
standards, and to adopt or modify accordingly its labor laws and regulations, each Party shall
strive to ensure that its laws provide for labor standards consistent with the internationally
recognized labor rights set forth in Article 17.7 and shall strive to improve those standards in that
light.
ARTICLE 17.2 : APPLICATION AND ENFORCEMENT
OF LABOR LAWS
1.
(a) A Party shall not fail to effectively enforce its labor laws, through
a sustained or recurring course of action or inaction, in a manner affecting trade between
the Parties, after the date of entry into force of this Agreement.
(b) The Parties recognize that each Party retains the right to exercise
discretion with respect to investigatory, prosecutorial, regulatory, and compliance matters
and to make decisions regarding the allocation of resources to enforcement with
respect to other labor matters determined to have higher priorities. Accordingly, the Parties understand that a Party is in compliance with subparagraph (a) where
a course of action or inaction reflects a reasonable exercise of such
discretion, or results from a bona fide decision regarding the allocation of
resources.
2. The Parties recognize that it is inappropriate to encourage trade or
investment by weakening or reducing the protections afforded in domestic labor laws.
Accordingly, each Party shall strive to ensure that it does not waive or otherwise derogate from, or
offer to waive or otherwise derogate from, such laws in a manner that weakens or reduces
adherence to the internationally recognized labor rights referred to in Article 17.7 as an
encouragement for trade with the other Party, or as an encouragement for the establishment,
acquisition, expansion, or retention of an investment in its territory.
ARTICLE 17.3 : PROCEDURAL GUARANTEES
AND PUBLIC AWARENESS
1. Each Party shall ensure that persons with a legally recognized interest
under its law in a particular matter have appropriate access to administrative, quasi-judicial,
judicial, or labor tribunals for the enforcement of the Party�s labor laws.
2. Each Party shall ensure that its administrative, quasi-judicial, judicial,
or labor tribunal proceedings for the enforcement of its labor laws are fair,
equitable and transparent.
3. Each Party shall provide that the parties to such proceedings may seek
remedies to ensure the enforcement of rights under domestic labor laws.
4. Each Party shall promote public awareness of its labor laws.
ARTICLE 17.4 : INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS
1. The functions of the Joint Committee established under Chapter 20
(Administration and Dispute Settlement) shall include discussion of matters related to the
operation of this Chapter, including the Labor Cooperation Mechanism established under Article 17.5, and
the pursuit of the labor objectives of this Agreement. The Joint Committee may establish a
Subcommittee on Labor Affairs consisting of officials of the labor ministry and other
appropriate agencies or ministries of each Party to meet at such times as they deem appropriate to
discuss matters related to the implementation of this Chapter. Each meeting of the Subcommittee shall include a public session, unless the Parties agree otherwise.
2. Each Party shall designate an office within its labor ministry that shall
serve as a contact point with the other Party, and with the public, for purposes of implementing
this Chapter.
3. Each Party may convene a national labor advisory committee, comprising
members of its public, including representatives of its labor and business organizations and
other persons, to advise it on the implementation of this Chapter.
4. Each formal decision of the Parties concerning implementation of this
Chapter shall be made public, unless the Parties decide otherwise.
5. Each Party�s contact point designated under paragraph 2 shall provide for
the submission, receipt, and consideration of public communications on matters related to
provisions of this Chapter, and shall make such communications available to the other Party and,
as appropriate, to the public. Each Party shall review such communications, as appropriate, in
accordance with domestic procedures. The Parties, when they consider it appropriate, shall
jointly prepare reports on matters related to the implementation of this Chapter, and shall make such
reports public.
ARTICLE 17.5 : LABOR COOPERATION
Recognizing that cooperation provides enhanced opportunities to promote
respect for core labor standards embodied in the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and
Rights at Work and its Follow-Up and compliance with ILO Convention 182 Concerning the
Prohibition and Immediate Action for the Elimination of the Worst Forms of Child Labor, and
to further advance other common commitments, the Parties establish a Labor Cooperation
Mechanism, as set out in Annex 17A to this Chapter.
ARTICLE 17.6 : LABOR CONSULTATIONS
1. A Party may request consultations with the other Party regarding any
matter arising under this Chapter. Unless the Parties agree otherwise, consultations shall
commence within 30 days of a Party�s delivery of a request for consultations to the other Party�s
contact point designated pursuant to Article 17.4.2.
2. The Parties shall make every attempt to arrive at a mutually satisfactory
resolution of the matter and may seek advice or assistance from any person or body they deem
appropriate.
3. If the consultations fail to resolve the matter, either Party may request
that the Subcommittee on Labor Affairs be convened. The Subcommittee shall convene
within 30 days of a Party�s delivery of a request to convene the Subcommittee to the other
Party�s contact point designated pursuant to Article 17.4.2,17-2 unless the
Parties otherwise agree. The Subcommittee shall endeavor to resolve the matter expeditiously, including, where
appropriate, by consulting governmental or outside experts and having recourse to such procedures as
good offices, conciliation, or mediation.
4. If a Party considers that the other Party has failed to carry out its
obligations under Article 17.2.1(a), the Party may request consultations pursuant to Article
20.4.2(a) (Additional Dispute Settlement Procedures) or under paragraph 1 of this Article.
(a) If a Party requests consultations pursuant to Article 20.4.2(a) at a time
when the Parties are engaged in consultations on the same matter under paragraph 1 of
this Article or the Subcommittee is endeavoring to resolve the matter under
paragraph 3, the Parties shall discontinue their efforts to resolve the matter under
this Article. Once consultations have begun under Article 20.4.2(a), no
consultations on the same matter may be entered into under this Article.
(b) If a Party requests consultations pursuant to Article 20.4.2(a) more than
60 days after the commencement of consultations under paragraph 1, the Parties may agree at any time to refer the matter to the Joint Committee pursuant to
Article 20.4.2(a).
5. Articles 20.3 (Consultations) and 20.4 (Additional Dispute Settlement
Procedures) shall not apply to a matter arising under any provision of this Chapter other than
Article 17.2.1(a).
ARTICLE 17.7 : DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. labor laws means a Party�s statutes or regulations, or provisions
thereof, that are directly related to the following internationally recognized labor rights:
(a) the right of association;
(b) the right to organize and bargain collectively;
(c) a prohibition on the use of any form of forced or compulsory labor;
(d) labor protections for children and young people, including a minimum age
for the employment of children and the prohibition and elimination of the worst forms
of child labor; and
(e) acceptable conditions of work with respect to minimum wages, hours of
work, and occupational safety and health; and
2.
(a) for Singapore, minimum wages means wage guidelines issued by
the National Wages Council (�NWC�) and gazetted under the Employment Act; and
(b) for the United States, statutes or regulations means acts of the
U.S. Congress or regulations promulgated pursuant to an act of the U.S. Congress that are enforceable, in the first instance, by action of the federal government.
ANNEX 17A
UNITED STATES � SINGAPORE
LABOR COOPERATION MECHANISM
1. Establishment of a Labor Cooperation Mechanism. Recognizing that
cooperation provides enhanced opportunities to improve labor standards, and to further
advance common commitments, including the June 1998 ILO Declaration on Fundamental
Principles and Rights at Work and its Follow-up, the Parties establish a Labor Cooperation Mechanism.
2.
(a) Organization and Principal Functions. The contact points
established under Article 17.4.2 shall serve as the contact points for the Labor Cooperation Mechanism.
(b) Officials of the labor ministries and other appropriate agencies and
ministries shall cooperate through the Labor Cooperation Mechanism to:
(i) establish priorities for cooperative activities on labor matters;
(ii) develop specific cooperative activities in accord with such priorities;
(iii) exchange information regarding labor law and practice in each Party;
(iv) exchange information on ways to improve labor law and practice, including best labor practices;
(v) advance understanding of, respect for, and effective implementation of
the principles reflected in the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work and its Follow-up; and
(vi) develop recommendations for their respective governments for consideration by the Joint Committee.
3. Cooperative Activities. Cooperative activities to be undertaken by
the Labor Cooperation Mechanism may include the following subjects:
(a) fundamental rights and their effective application: legislation,
practice, and implementation related to the core elements of the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Rights at Work (freedom of association and the effective
recognition of the right to collective bargaining, elimination of all forms of forced or compulsory labor, abolition of child labor including the worst forms of child
labor in compliance with ILO Convention No. 182, and elimination of employment discrimination);
(b) labor-management relations: forms of cooperation and dispute
resolution among workers, management and governments;
(c) working conditions: occupational safety and health; prevention of and compensation for work-related injuries and illness; and employment conditions;
(d) unemployment assistance programs and other social safety net programs;
(e) human resource development and life long learning;
(f) labor statistics; and
(g) such other matters as the Parties may agree.
4. Implementation of Cooperative Activities.
(a) Cooperative activities agreed upon under paragraph 3 may be implemented through:
(i) exchanges of delegations, professionals, and specialists, including study visits and other technical exchanges;
(ii) exchange of information, standards, regulations and procedures, and best practices, including publications and monographs;
(iii) organization of joint conferences, seminars, workshops, meetings,
training sessions, and outreach and education programs;
(iv) development of collaborative projects or demonstrations;
(v) joint research projects, studies, and reports, including through
engagement of independent experts with recognized expertise; and
(vi) other forms of technical exchange or cooperation that may be decided.
(b) In identifying areas for cooperation and carrying out cooperative
activities, the Parties shall consider views of their respective worker and employer representatives.
CHAPTER 18 : ENVIRONMENT
ARTICLE 18.1 : LEVELS OF PROTECTION
Recognizing the right of each Party to establish its own levels of domestic
environmental protection and environmental development policies and priorities, and to
adopt or modify accordingly its environmental laws, each Party shall ensure that its laws
provide for high levels of environmental protection and shall strive to continue to improve those
laws.
ARTICLE 18.2 : APPLICATION AND ENFORCEMENT
OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS
1.
(a) A Party shall not fail to effectively enforce its environmental laws,
through a sustained or recurring course of action or inaction, in a manner affecting
trade between the Parties, after the date of entry into force of this Agreement.
(b) The Parties recognize that each Party retains the right to exercise
discretion with respect to investigatory, prosecutorial, regulatory, and compliance matters
and to make decisions regarding the allocation of resources to enforcement with
respect to other environmental matters determined to have higher priorities.
Accordingly, the Parties understand that a Party is in compliance with subparagraph (a)
where a course of action or inaction reflects a reasonable exercise of such
discretion, or results from a bona fide decision regarding the allocation of
resources.
2. The Parties recognize that it is inappropriate to encourage trade or
investment by weakening or reducing the protections afforded in domestic environmental
laws. Accordingly, each Party shall strive to ensure that it does not waive or otherwise
derogate from, or offer to waive or otherwise derogate from, such laws in a manner that weakens or
reduces the protections afforded in those laws as an encouragement for trade with the other Party, or
as an encouragement for the establishment, acquisition, expansion, or retention of
an investment in its territory.
ARTICLE 18.3 : PROCEDURAL MATTERS
1. Each Party shall ensure that judicial, quasi-judicial, or administrative
proceedings are available under its law to sanction or remedy violations of its environmental
laws.
(a) Such proceedings shall be fair, open, and equitable, and to this end
shall comply with the due process of law, and be open to the public (except where the administration of justice otherwise requires).
(b) Each Party shall provide appropriate and effective remedies or sanctions
for a violation of its environmental laws that:
(i) take into consideration the nature and gravity of the violation, any economic benefit the violator has derived from the violation, the economic condition of the violator, and other relevant factors; and
(ii) may include remedies or sanctions such as: compliance agreements, penalties, fines, imprisonment, injunctions, the closure of facilities, and the cost of containing or cleaning up pollution.
2. Each Party shall ensure that interested persons may request the Party�s
competent authorities to investigate alleged violations of its environmental laws and
that the competent authorities give such requests due consideration in accordance with its law.
3. Each Party shall ensure that persons with a legally recognized interest
under its law in a particular matter have appropriate access to judicial, quasi-judicial, or
administrative proceedings for the enforcement of the Party�s environmental laws.
4. Each Party shall provide persons appropriate and effective rights of
access to remedies, in accordance with its laws, which may include rights such as:
(a) to sue another person under that Party�s jurisdiction for damages;
(b) to seek sanctions or remedies such as monetary penalties, emergency
closures, or orders to mitigate the consequences of violations of its environmental laws;
(c) to request the competent authorities to take appropriate action to
enforce that Party�s environmental laws in order to protect the environment or to avoid environmental harm; or
(d) to seek injunctions where a person suffers, or may suffer, loss, damage
or injury as a result of conduct by another person subject to that Party�s jurisdiction contrary to that Party�s environmental laws, or from tortious conduct that
harms human health or the environment.
ARTICLE 18.4 : INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS
1. In addition to discussions of issues or activities related to the
operation of this Chapter that may take place in the Joint Committee established under Article 20.1
(Joint Committee), the Parties shall, at the request of either Party, form a subcommittee consisting
of government officials to meet at other times, as they deem appropriate, to discuss
matters related to the operation of this Chapter. These meetings shall normally include a session
where members of the subcommittee have an opportunity to meet with the public to discuss
matters related to the operation of this Chapter. The Parties, when they consider appropriate, shall
jointly prepare reports on matters related to the implementation of this Chapter, and shall
make such reports public, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.
2. Each formal decision of the Parties concerning implementation of this
Chapter shall be made public, unless the Parties decide otherwise.
ARTICLE 18.5 : OPPORTUNITIES FOR
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
1. To ensure the availability of opportunities for public participation in
the discussion of matters related to the operation of this Chapter, and to facilitate the
sharing of best practices and the development of innovative approaches to issues of interest to the public
with regard to such matters, each Party shall develop or maintain procedures for dialogue with
its public concerning the implementation of this Chapter, including:
(a) the identification of matters to discuss at the meetings of the Joint
Committee or the subcommittee described in Article 18.4; and
(b) opportunities for its public to provide, on an on-going basis, views, recommendations, or advice on matters related to the provisions of this
Chapter. Such views, recommendations, or advice shall be made available to the other Party and the public.
2. Each Party may convene, or consult with an existing, national advisory
committee, composed of representatives of its environmental and business organizations
and other members of its public, to advise it on the implementation of this Chapter, as
appropriate.
3. Each Party shall make best efforts to respond favorably to requests for
consultations by persons or organizations of its territory regarding that Party�s
implementation of this Chapter.
ARTICLE 18.6 : ENVIRONMENTAL COOPERATION
1. The Parties recognize the importance of strengthening capacity to protect
the environment and to promote sustainable development in concert with the
strengthening of trade and investment relations between them. The Parties shall, as appropriate,
pursue cooperative environmental activities, including those pertinent to trade and investment
and to strengthening environmental performance, such as information reporting, enforcement
capacity, and environmental management systems, under a Memorandum of Intent on Cooperation
in Environmental Matters to be entered into between the Government of Singapore
and the United States and in other fora. The Parties also recognize the ongoing importance
of environmental cooperation that may be undertaken outside this Agreement.
2. The Parties shall take into account public comment and recommendations
regarding cooperative environmental activities undertaken pursuant to this Chapter.
Each Party shall also seek opportunities for its citizens to participate in the development and
implementation of cooperative environmental activities, such as through the use of
public-private partnerships.
3. In addition to the environmental cooperation activities outlined in
Paragraph 1 of this Article, the Parties shall, as they deem appropriate, share information on
their experiences in assessing and taking into account positive or negative environmental effects
of trade agreements and policies.
ARTICLE 18.7 : ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTATIONS
1. A Party may request consultations with the other Party regarding any
matter arising under this Chapter. Unless the Parties otherwise agree, consultations shall
commence within 30 days of a Party�s delivery of a request for consultations to the contact point
designated by the other Party for this purpose.
2. The Parties shall make every attempt to arrive at a mutually satisfactory
resolution of the matter and may seek advice or assistance from any person or body they deem
appropriate.
3. If the consultations fail to resolve the matter, either Party may request
that the subcommittee described in Article 18.4 be convened. The subcommittee shall
convene within 30 days of a Party�s delivery of a written request to convene the subcommittee
to the other Party�s contact point designated pursuant to paragraph 1,18-1
unless the Parties otherwise agree, and shall endeavor to resolve the matter expeditiously, including, where appropriate,
by consulting governmental or outside experts and having recourse to such procedures as
good offices, conciliation, or mediation.
4. If a Party considers that the other Party has failed to carry out its
obligations under Article 18.2.1(a), the Party may request consultations pursuant to Article
20.4.2(a) (Additional Dispute Settlement Procedures) or under paragraph 1 of this Article.
(a) If a Party requests consultations pursuant to Article 20.4.2(a) at a time
when the Parties are engaged in consultations on the same matter under paragraph 1 of
this Article or the subcommittee is endeavoring to resolve the matter under
paragraph 3, the Parties shall discontinue their efforts to resolve the matter under
this Article. Once consultations have begun under Article 20.4.2(a), no
consultations on the same matter may be entered into under this Article.
(a) If a Party requests consultations pursuant to Article 20.4.2(a) more than
60 days after the commencement of consultations under paragraph 1, the Parties may at any time agree to refer the matter to the Joint Committee pursuant to Article 20.4.2(a).
5. Articles 20.3 (Consultations) and 20.4 (Additional Dispute Settlement
Procedures) shall not apply to a matter arising under any provision of this Chapter other than
Article 18.2.1(a).
ARTICLE 18.8 : RELATIONSHIP TO ENVIRONMENTAL
AGREEMENTS
The Parties recognize the critical role of multilateral environmental
agreements in addressing some environmental challenges, including through the use of carefully
tailored trade measures to achieve specific environmental goals and objectives. Recognizing that WTO
Members have agreed in paragraph 31 of the Ministerial Declaration adopted on 14 November
2001 in Doha to negotiations on the relationship between existing WTO rules and specific
trade obligations set out in multilateral environmental agreements, the Parties
shall consult on the extent to which the outcome of those negotiations applies to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 18.9 : PRINCIPLES OF CORPORATE STEWARDSHIP
Recognizing the substantial benefits brought by international trade and
investment as well as the opportunity for enterprises to implement policies for sustainable development
that seek to ensure coherence between social, economic and environmental objectives, each Party
should encourage enterprises operating within its territory or subject to its jurisdiction to
voluntarily incorporate sound principles of corporate stewardship in their internal policies, such as
those principles or agreements that have been endorsed by both Parties.
ARTICLE 18.10 : DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
1. environmental laws means any statutes or regulations of a Party, or
provisions thereof, the primary purpose of which is the protection of the environment, or the
prevention of a danger to human, animal, or plant life or health, through:
(a) the prevention, abatement, or control of the release, discharge, or
emission of pollutants or environmental contaminants;
(b) the control of environmentally hazardous or toxic chemicals, substances, materials, and wastes, and the dissemination of information related thereto;
or
(c) the protection or conservation of wild flora or fauna, including
endangered species, their habitat, and specially protected natural areas, in areas with respect to which a Party exercises sovereignty, sovereign
rights, or jurisdiction, but does not include any statute or regulation, or provision thereof, directly
related to worker safety or health; and
2.
(a) for the United States, statutes or regulations means an act of
the U.S. Congress or regulations promulgated pursuant to an act of the U.S. Congress that is enforceable, in the first instance, by action of the federal government; and
(b) for Singapore, statutes or regulations means an Act of the
Parliament of Singapore and any subsidiary legislation made thereunder. Subsidiary
legislation includes proclamations, rules, regulations, orders, notifications, by-laws,
or other instruments made under any Act or other lawful authority and having
legislative effect.
CHAPTER 19 : TRANSPARENCY
ARTICLE 19.1 : DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Chapter:
Administrative ruling of general application means an administrative
ruling or interpretation that applies to all persons and fact situations that fall generally within
its ambit and that establishes a norm of conduct but does not include:
(a) a determination or ruling made in an administrative or quasi-judicial
proceeding that applies to a particular person, good, or service of the other Party in a
specific case; or
(b) a ruling that adjudicates with respect to a particular act or practice.
ARTICLE 19.2 : CONTACT POINTS
1. Each Party shall designate a contact point or points to facilitate
communications between the Parties on any matter covered by this Agreement.
2. On the request of the other Party, the contact points shall identify the
office or official responsible for the matter and assist, as necessary, in facilitating
communications with the requesting Party.
ARTICLE 19.3 : PUBLICATION
1. Each Party shall ensure that its laws, regulations, procedures, and
administrative rulings of general application respecting any matter covered by this Agreement are
promptly published or otherwise made available in such a manner as to enable interested persons
and the other Party to become acquainted with them.
2. To the extent possible, each Party shall:
(a) publish in advance any such laws, regulations, procedures, and
administrative rulings that it proposes to adopt; and
(b) provide interested persons and the other Party a reasonable opportunity
to comment on such proposed measures.
ARTICLE 19.4 : NOTIFICATION AND
PROVISION O F INFORMATION
1. To the maximum extent possible, each Party shall notify the other Party of
any actual or proposed measure that the Party considers might materially affect the
operation of this Agreement or otherwise substantially affect the other Party�s interests under
this Agreement.
2. On request of the other Party, a Party shall promptly provide information
and respond to questions pertaining to any actual or proposed measure, whether or
not the other Party has been previously notified of that measure.
3 Any notification, request, or information under this Article shall be
provided to the other Party through the relevant contact points.
4. Any notification or information provided under this Article shall be
without prejudice as to whether the measure is consistent with this Agreement.
ARTICLE 19.5 : ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEEDINGS
1. With a view to administering in a consistent, impartial, and reasonable
manner all measures referred to in Article 19.3, each Party shall ensure that in its
administrative proceedings applying such measures to particular persons, goods, or services of the other
Party in specific cases that:
(a) wherever possible, persons of the other Party that are directly affected
by a proceeding are provided reasonable notice, in accordance with domestic procedures, when a proceeding is initiated, including a description of the
nature of the proceeding, a statement of the legal authority under which the proceeding
is initiated, and a general description of any issues in controversy;
(b) such persons are afforded a reasonable opportunity to present facts and
arguments in support of their positions prior to any final administrative action, when
time, the nature of the proceeding, and the public interest permit; and
(c) its procedures are in accordance with domestic law.
ARTICLE 19.6 : REVIEW AND APPEAL
1. Each Party shall establish or maintain judicial, quasi-judicial, or
administrative tribunals or procedures for the purpose of the prompt review and, where warranted,
correction of final administrative actions19-1 regarding matters covered by
this Agreement. Such tribunals shall be impartial and independent of the office or authority entrusted with
administrative enforcement and shall not have any substantial interest in the outcome of the matter.
2. Each Party shall ensure that, in any such tribunals or procedures, the
parties to the proceeding are provided with the right to:
(a) a reasonable opportunity to support or defend their respective positions;
and (b) a decision based on the evidence and submissions of record or, where required by domestic law, the record compiled by the administrative
authority.
3. Each Party shall ensure, subject to appeal or further review as provided
in its domestic law, that such decision shall be implemented by, and shall
govern the practice of, the offices or authorities with respect to the
administrative action at issue.
CHAPTER 20 : ADMINISTRATION AND DISPUTE SETTLEMENT
ARTICLE 20.1 : JOINT COMMITTEE
1. The Parties hereby establish a Joint Committee to supervise the
implementation of this Agreement and to review the trade relationship between the Parties.
(a) The Joint Committee shall be composed of government officials of each
Party and shall be chaired by (i) the United States Trade Representative and (ii)
Singapore�s Minister for Trade and Industry or their designees.
(b) The Joint Committee may establish and delegate responsibilities to ad hoc
and standing committees or working groups, and seek the advice of
non-governmental persons or groups.
2. The Joint Committee shall:
(a) review the general functioning of this Agreement;
(b) review and consider specific matters related to the operation and
implementation of this Agreement in the light of its objectives, such as those related to
customs administration, technical barriers to trade, electronic commerce, the
environment, labor, the Medical Products Working Group, and distilled spirits;
(c) facilitate the avoidance and settlement of disputes arising under this
Agreement, including through consultations pursuant to Articles 20.3 and 20.4;
(d) consider and adopt any amendment to this Agreement or other modification
to the commitments therein, subject to completion of necessary domestic legal procedures by each Party;
(f) as appropriate, issue interpretations of this Agreement, including as
provided in Articles 15.21 (Governing Law) and 15.22 (Interpretation of Annexes);
(g) consider ways to further enhance trade relations between the Parties and
to further the objectives of this Agreement; and
(h) take such other action as the Parties may agree.
3. At its first meeting, the Joint Committee shall consider the review
performed by each Party of the environmental effects of this Agreement and shall provide the
public an opportunity to provide views on those effects.
4. The Joint Committee shall establish its own rules of procedure.
5. Unless the Parties otherwise agree, the Joint Committee shall convene:
(a) in regular session every year in order to review the general functioning
of the Agreement, with such sessions to be held alternately in the territory of each
Party; and
(b) in special session within 30 days of the request of a Party, with such
sessions to be held in the territory of the other Party or at such location as may be
agreed by the Parties. A requirement under Article 20.4 that the Joint Committee take
any action with regard to a dispute shall not be interpreted to require the
convening of a special session of the Joint Committee.
6. Recognizing the importance of transparency and openness, the Parties
reaffirm their respective practices of considering the views of members of the public in
order to draw upon a broad range of perspectives in the implementation of this Agreement.
7. Each Party shall treat any confidential information exchanged in relation
to a meeting of the Joint Committee on the same basis as the Party providing the information.
ARTICLE 20.2 : ADMINISTRATION OF
DISPUTE SETTLEMENT PROCEEDINGS 1. Each Party shall:
(a) designate an office that shall be responsible for providing
administrative assistance to panels established under Article 20.4;
(b) be responsible for the operation and costs of its designated office; and
(c) notify the other Party of the location of its office.
2. The Joint Committee shall establish the amounts of remuneration and
expenses to be paid to panelists.
3. The remuneration of panelists and their assistants, their travel and
lodging expenses, and all general expenses relating to proceedings of a panel established under
Article 20.4 shall be borne equally by the Parties.
4. Each panelist shall keep a record and render a final account of the
panelist�s time and expenses, and the panel shall keep a record and render a final account of all
general expenses.
ARTICLE 20.3 : CONSULTATIONS
1. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, either Party may request
consultations with the other Party with respect to any matter that it considers might
affect the operation of this Agreement by delivering written notification to the other Party�s office
designated under Article 20.2.1(a). If a Party requests consultations with regard to a matter, the
other Party shall afford adequate opportunity for consultations and shall reply promptly to the
request for consultations and enter into consultations in good faith.
2. In consultations under this Article, a Party may request the other Party
to make available personnel of its government agencies or other regulatory bodies who
have expertise in the matter subject to consultations.
3. In the consultations, each Party shall:
(a) provide sufficient information to enable a full examination of how the
matter subject to consultations might affect the operation of this Agreement; and
(b) treat any confidential information exchanged in the course of
consultations on the same basis as the Party providing the information.
ARTICLE 20.4 : ADDITIONAL DISPUTE
SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES
1. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as the Parties otherwise
agree, the provisions of this Article shall apply wherever a Party considers that:
(a) a measure of the other Party is inconsistent with the obligations of this Agreement;
(b) the other Party has otherwise failed to carry out its obligations under
this Agreement; or
(c) a benefit the Party could reasonably have expected to accrue to it under
Chapters
2 (National Treatment and Market Access for Goods), 3 (Rules of Origin), Chapter 8 (Cross Border Trade in Services), or Chapter 16 (Intellectual
Property Rights) is being nullified or impaired as a result of a measure that is not inconsistent with this Agreement.
2.
(a) The Parties shall first seek to resolve a dispute described in
paragraph 1 through consultations under Article 20.3. If the consultations fail to resolve the
dispute within 60 days of the delivery of a Party�s request for consultations under
Article 20.3.1, either Party may, by delivering written notification to the other
Party�s office designated under Article 20.2.1(a), refer the matter to the Joint
Committee, which shall endeavor to resolve the dispute.
(b) Subject to Article 20.3.3(b), promptly after requesting or receiving a
request for consultations related to a matter identified in paragraph 1, each Party shall
solicit and consider the views of members of the public in order to draw upon a broad range of perspectives.
3.
(a) Where a dispute regarding any matter referred to in paragraph 1 arises
under this Agreement and under the WTO Agreement, or any other agreement to which both Parties are party, the complaining Party may select the forum in which to
settle the dispute.
(b) The complaining Party shall notify the other Party in writing of its intention to bring a dispute to a particular forum before doing so.
(c) Once the complaining Party has selected a particular forum, the forum
selected shall be used to the exclusion of other possible fora.
(d) For the purposes of this paragraph, a Party shall be deemed to have
selected a forum when it has requested the establishment of, or referred a matter to, a
dispute settlement panel.
4.
(a) If the Joint Committee has not resolved a dispute within 60 days after
delivery of the notification described in paragraph 2(a) or within such other period as
the Parties may agree, the complaining Party may refer the matter to a dispute settlement panel by delivering written notification to the other Party�s
office designated under Article 20.2.1(a).20-1 Unless the
Parties otherwise agree:
(i) The panel shall have three members.
(ii) Each Party shall appoint one panelist, in consultation with the other
Party, within 30 days after the matter has been referred to a panel. If a Party
fails to appoint a panelist within such period, a panelist shall be selected by lot from the contingent list established under subparagraph (b) to serve as the panelist appointed by that Party.
(iii) The Parties shall endeavor to agree on a third panelist who shall serve
as chair.
(iv) If the Parties are unable to agree on the chair of the Panel within 30
days after the date on which the second panelist has been appointed, the chair shall be selected by lot from the contingent list established under subparagraph (b).
(v) The date of establishment of the panel shall be the date on which the
chair is appointed.
(b)
(i) By the date of entry into force of this Agreement, the Parties shall establish a contingent list of five individuals who are willing and able to serve as a panelist or chair.
(ii) Each such individual shall have expertise or experience in law, international trade, or the resolution of disputes arising under
international trade agreements; shall be independent of, and not be affiliated with or take instructions from, any Party; and shall comply with the code of conduct to be established by the Joint Committee.
(iii) Individuals on the contingent list shall be appointed by agreement of
the Parties for terms of three years, and may be reappointed.
(c) Panelists other than those chosen by lot from the contingent list shall
meet the criteria set out in subparagraph (b)(ii) and have expertise or experience
relevant to the subject matter that is under dispute.
(d) The Parties shall establish by the date of entry into force of this
Agreement model rules of procedure, which shall ensure:
(i) a right to at least one hearing before the panel, which, subject to
clause (vi), shall be open to the public;
(ii) an opportunity for each Party to provide initial and rebuttal
submissions;
(iii) that each Party�s written submissions, written versions of its oral statement, and written responses to a request or questions from the panel will be made public within ten days after they are submitted, subject to clause (vi);
(iv) that the panel shall consider requests from nongovernmental entities in
the Parties� territories to provide written views regarding the dispute that may assist the panel in evaluating the submissions and arguments of the Parties;
(v) a reasonable opportunity for each Party to submit comments on the initial report presented pursuant to paragraph 5(a); and
(vi) the protection of confidential information.
Unless the Parties agree otherwise, the panel shall follow the model rules of procedure and may, after consulting the Parties, adopt additional rules of procedure not inconsistent with the model rules.
5.
(a) Unless the Parties agree otherwise, the panel shall, within 150 days
after the chair is appointed, present to the Parties an initial report containing findings of
fact and its determination as to whether:
(i) the measure at issue is inconsistent with the obligations of this
Agreement;
(ii) a Party has otherwise failed to carry out its obligations under this Agreement; or
(iii) the measure at issue causes a nullification or impairment described in subparagraph 1(c); as well as any other determination requested by both Parties with regard to the dispute.
(b) The panel shall base its report on the submissions and arguments of the
Parties. The panel may, at the request of the Parties, make recommendations for the resolution of the dispute.
(c) After considering any written comments by the Parties on the initial
report, the panel may modify its report and make any further examination it considers appropriate.
(d) The panel shall present a final report to the Parties within 45 days of
presentation of the initial report, unless the Parties agree otherwise. The Parties shall
release the final report to the public within 15 days thereafter, subject to the
protection of confidential information.
ARTICLE 20.5 : IMPLEMENTATION OF THE
FINAL REPORT
1. On receipt of the final report of a panel, the Parties shall agree on the
resolution of the dispute, which normally shall conform with the determinations and
recommendations, if any, of the panel.
2. If, in its final report, the panel determines that a Party has not
conformed with its obligations under this Agreement or that a Party�s measure is causing
nullification or impairment in the sense of Article 20.4.1(c), the resolution, whenever possible, shall
be to eliminate the nonconformity or the nullification or impairment.
ARTICLE 20.6 : NON-IMPLEMENTATION
1. If a panel has made a determination of the type described in Article
20.5.2, and the Parties are unable to reach agreement on a resolution pursuant to Article
20.5.1 within 45 days of receiving the final report, or such other period as the Parties agree, the
Party complained against shall enter into negotiations with the other Party with a view to developing
mutually acceptable compensation.
2. If the Parties:
(a) are unable to agree on compensation within 30 days after the period for developing such compensation has begun; or
(b) have agreed on compensation or on a resolution pursuant to Article 20.5.1
and the complaining Party considers that the other Party has failed to observe the
terms of such agreement,
the complaining Party may at any time thereafter provide written notice to
the office designated by the other Party pursuant to Article 20.2.1(a) that it intends to suspend
the application to the other Party of benefits of equivalent effect. The notice shall specify the
level of benefits that the Party proposes to suspend. Subject to paragraph 5, the complaining
Party may begin suspending benefits 30 days after the later of the date on which it provides
notice to the other Party�s designated office under this paragraph or the panel issues its
determination under paragraph 3, as the case may be.
3. If the Party complained against considers that:
(a) the level of benefits that the other Party has proposed to be suspended
is manifestly excessive; or
(b) it has eliminated the non-conformity or the nullification or impairment
that the panel has found,
it may, within 30 days after the complaining Party provides notice under
paragraph 2, request that the panel be reconvened to consider the matter. The Party complained
against shall deliver its request in writing to the office designated by the other Party pursuant
to Article 20.2.1(a). The panel shall reconvene as soon as possible after delivery of the request
to the designated office and shall present its determination to the Parties within 90 days
after it reconvenes to review a request under subparagraph (a) or (b), or within 120 days for a
request under subparagraphs (a) and (b). If the panel determines that the level of benefits
proposed to be suspended is manifestly excessive, it shall determine the level of benefits
it considers to be of equivalent effect.
4. The complaining Party may suspend benefits up to the level the panel has
determined under paragraph 3 or, if the panel has not determined the level, the level
the Party has proposed to suspend under paragraph 2, unless the panel has determined that the Party
complained against has eliminated the non-conformity or the nullification or impairment.
5. The complaining Party may not suspend benefits if, within 30 days after it
provides written notice of intent to suspend benefits or, if the panel is reconvened
under paragraph 3, within 20 days after the panel provides its determination, the Party
complained against provides written notice to the other Party�s office designated pursuant to Article
20.2.1(a) that it will pay an annual monetary assessment. The Parties shall consult, beginning no later
than ten days after the Party complained against provides notice, with a view to reaching
agreement on the amount of the assessment. If the Parties are unable to reach an agreement within 30
days after consultations begin, the amount of the assessment shall be set at a level, in
U.S. dollars, equal to 50 percent of the level of the benefits the panel has determined under
paragraph 3 to be of equivalent effect or, if the panel has not determined the level, 50 percent
of the level that the complaining Party has proposed to suspend under paragraph 2.
6. Unless the Joint Committee otherwise decides, a monetary assessment shall
be paid to the complaining Party in U.S. currency, or in an equivalent amount of Singaporean
currency, in equal, quarterly installments beginning 60 days after the Party complained
against gives notice that it intends to pay an assessment. Where the circumstances warrant, the
Joint Committee may decide that an assessment shall be paid into a fund established by the Joint
Committee and expended at the direction of the Joint Committee for appropriate initiatives
to facilitate trade between the Parties, including by further reducing
unreasonable trade barriers or by assisting a Party in carrying out its obligations under the Agreement.
7. If the Party complained against fails to pay a monetary assessment, the
complaining Party may suspend the application to the Party complained against of benefits in
accordance with paragraph 4.
8. This Article shall not apply with respect to a matter described in Article
20.7.1.
ARTICLE 20.7 : NON-IMPLEMENTATION IN CERTAIN DISPUTES
1. If, in its final report, a panel determines that a Party has not conformed
with its obligations under Article 17.2.1(a) (Application and Enforcement of Labor
Laws) or Article 18.2.1(a) (Application and Enforcement of Environmental Laws), and the
Parties:
(a) are unable to reach agreement on a resolution pursuant to Article 20.5.1
within 45 days of receiving the final report; or
(b) have agreed on a resolution pursuant to Article 20.5. 1 and the
complaining Party considers that the other Party has failed to observe the terms of the
agreement, the complaining Party may at any time thereafter request that the panel be
reconvened to impose an annual monetary assessment on the other Party. The complaining Party shall
deliver its request in writing to the office designated by the other Party pursuant to
Article 20.2.1(a). The panel shall reconvene as soon as possible after delivery of the request to
the designated office.
2. The panel shall determine the amount of the monetary assessment in U.S.
dollars within 90 days after it reconvenes under paragraph 1. In determining the amount of
the assessment, the panel shall take into account:
(a) the bilateral trade effects of the Party�s failure to effectively enforce
the relevant law;
(b) the pervasiveness and duration of the Party�s failure to effectively
enforce the relevant law;
(c) the reasons for the Party�s failure to effectively enforce the relevant
law;
(d) the level of enforcement that could reasonably be expected of the Party
given its resource constraints;
(e) the efforts made by the Party to begin remedying the non-enforcement
after the final report of the panel; and
(f) any other relevant factors.
The amount of the assessment shall not exceed 15 million U.S. dollars
annually, adjusted for inflation as specified in Annex 20A.
3. On the date on which the panel determines the amount of the monetary
assessment under paragraph 2, or at any other time thereafter, the complaining Party may
provide notice in writing to the office designated by the other Party pursuant to Article 20.2.1(a)
demanding payment of the monetary assessment. The monetary assessment shall be payable in U.S.
currency, or in an equivalent amount of Singaporean currency, in equal, quarterly installments
beginning on the later of:
(a) 60 days after the date on which the panel determines the amount; or
(b) 60 days after the complaining Party provides the notice described in this paragraph.
4. Assessments shall be paid into a fund established by the Joint Committee
and shall be expended at the direction of the Joint Committee for appropriate labor or
environmental initiatives, including efforts to improve or enhance labor or environmental
law enforcement, as the case may be, in the territory of the Party complained against, consistent
with its law. In deciding how to expend monies paid into the fund, the Joint Committee shall
consider the views of interested persons in the Parties� territories.
5. If the Party complained against fails to pay a monetary assessment, and if
the Party has created and funded an escrow account to ensure payment of any assessments
against it, the other Party shall, before having recourse to any other measure, seek to obtain the
funds from the account.
6. If the complaining Party cannot obtain the funds from the other Party�s
escrow account within 30 days of the date on which payment is due, or if the other Party has
not created an escrow account, the complaining Party may take other appropriate steps to
collect the assessment or otherwise secure compliance. These steps may include suspending tariff
benefits under the Agreement as necessary to collect the assessment, while bearing in mind the
Agreement�s objective of eliminating barriers to bilateral trade and while seeking to
avoid unduly affecting parties or interests not party to the dispute.
ARTICLE 20.8 : COMPLIANCE REVIEW
1. Without prejudice to the procedures set out in Article 20.6.3, if the
Party complained against considers that it has eliminated the non-conformity or the
nullification or impairment that the panel has found, it may refer the matter to the panel by providing
written notice to the office designated by the other Party pursuant to Article 20.2.1(a). The panel shall
issue its report on the matter within 90 days after the complaining Party provides notice.
2. If the panel decides that the Party complained against has eliminated the
non-conformity or the nullification or impairment, the complaining Party shall promptly
reinstate any benefits it has suspended under Article 20.6 or 20.7 and the Party complained against
shall no longer be required to pay any monetary assessment it has agreed to pay under Article
20.6.5 or that has been imposed on it under Article 20.7.
ARTICLE 20.9 : FIVE-YEAR
REVIEW
The Joint Committee shall review the operation and effectiveness of Articles
20.6 and 20.7 not later than five years after the date of entry into force of this
Agreement, or within six months after benefits have been suspended or monetary assessments have been
imposed in five proceedings initiated under this Chapter, whichever occurs first.
ARTICLE 20.10 : PRIVATE RIGHTS
Neither Party may provide for a right of action under its domestic law
against the other Party on the ground that a measure of the other Party is inconsistent with
this Agreement.
ANNEX 20A
INFLATION ADJUSTMENT FORMULA
FOR MONETARY ASSESSMENTS
1. An annual monetary assessment imposed before December 31, 2004 shall not
exceed 15 million U.S. dollars.
2. Beginning January 1, 2005, the 15 million U.S. dollar annual cap shall be
adjusted for inflation in accordance with paragraphs 3 through 5.
3. The period used for the accumulated inflation adjustment shall be calendar
year 2003 through the most recent calendar year preceding the one in which the
assessment is owed.
4. The relevant inflation rate shall be the U.S. inflation rate as measured
by the Producer Price Index for Finished Goods published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics.
5. The inflation adjustment shall be estimated according to the following
formula:
$15 million x (1+ Pi)
= A
P
i = accumulated U.S. inflation rate from
calendar year 2003 through the most
recent calendar year preceding the one in which the assessment is owed.
A = cap for the assessment for the year in question
CHAPTER 21 : GENERAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS
ARTICLE 21.1 : GENERAL EXCEPTIONS
1. For purposes of Chapters 2 through 6 (National Treatment and Market Access
for Goods, Rules of Origin, Customs Procedures, Textiles, Technical Barriers to Trade),
GATT 1994 Article XX and its interpretive notes are incorporated into and made part of this
Agreement, mutatis mutandis. The Parties understand that the measures referred to in GATT
1994 Article XX(b) include environmental measures necessary to protect human, animal, or plant
life or health, and that GATT 1994 Article XX(g) applies to measures relating to the conservation
of living and non-living exhaustible natural resources.
2. For purposes of Chapters 8, 9, and 14 (Cross Border Trade in Services, Telecommunications, and Electronic Commerce21-1 ), GATS
Article XIV (including its footnotes) is incorporated into and made part of this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.21-2
The Parties understand that the measures referred to in GATS Article XIV(b) include
environmental measures necessary to protect human, animal, or plant life or health.
ARTICLE 21.2 : ESSENTIAL SECURITY
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed:
(a) to require a Party to furnish or allow access to any information the
disclosure of which it determines to be contrary to its essential security interests; or
(b) to preclude a Party from applying measures that it considers necessary
for the fulfillment of its obligations with respect to the maintenance or restoration
of international peace or security, or the protection of its own essential
security interests.
ARTICLE 21.3 : TAXATION
1. Except as set out in this Article, nothing in this Agreement shall apply
to taxation measures.
2. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the rights and obligations of
either Party under any tax convention. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and
any such convention, that convention shall prevail to the extent of the inconsistency.
In the case of a tax convention between the Parties, the competent authorities under that
convention shall have sole responsibility for determining whether any inconsistency exists between this
Agreement and that convention.
3. Notwithstanding paragraph 2:
(a) Article 2.1 (National Treatment) and such other provisions of this
Agreement as are necessary to give effect to that Article shall apply to taxation measures
to the same extent as does GATT 1994 Article III; and
(b) Article 2.4 (Export Tax) shall apply to taxation measures.
4. Subject to paragraph 2:
(a) Article 8.3 (National Treatment) and Article 10.2 (National Treatment)
shall apply to taxation measures on income, capital gains or on the taxable capital
of corporations that relate to the purchase or consumption of particular
services, except that nothing in this subparagraph shall prevent a Party from
conditioning the receipt or continued receipt of an advantage relating to the purchase or consumption of particular services on requirements to provide the service in
its territory, and
(b) Article 15.4 (National and Most-Favored-Nation Treatment), Articles 8.4 (National Treatment) and 8.4 (Most-Favored-Nation Treatment) and Articles
10.2 (National Treatment) and 10.3 (Most-Favored-Nation Treatment) shall apply to all taxation measures, other than those on income, capital gains, or on the
taxable capital of corporations, taxes on estates, inheritances, gifts and
generation-skipping transfers,
except that nothing in those Articles shall apply:
(c) to any most-favored-nation obligation with respect to an advantage
accorded by a Party pursuant to a tax convention;
(d) to a non-conforming provision of any existing taxation measure;
(e) to the continuation or prompt renewal of a non-conforming provision of
any existing taxation measure;
(f) to an amendment to a non-conforming provision of any existing taxation
measure to the extent that the amendment does not decrease its conformity, at the
time of the amendment, with any of those Articles;
(g) to the adoption or enforcement of any taxation measure aimed at ensuring
the equitable or effective imposition or collection of taxes (as permitted by
GATS Article XIV(d)); or
(h) to a provision that conditions the receipt, or continued receipt of an
advantage relating to the contributions to, or income of, a pension trust, fund, or
other arrangement to provide pension or similar benefits on a requirement that the
Party maintain continuous jurisdiction over such trust, fund, or other arrangement.
5. Subject to paragraph 2 and without prejudice to the rights and obligations
of the Parties under paragraph 3, paragraphs 2, 3, and 4 of Article 15.8
(Performance Requirements) shall apply to taxation measures.
6. Article 15.15 (Submission of a Claim to Arbitration) shall apply to a
taxation measure alleged to be a breach of an investment agreement or an investment
authorization. Articles 15.6 (Expropriation) and 15.15 shall apply to a taxation measure alleged to be an
expropriation. However, no investor may invoke Article 15.6 as the basis for a claim where
it has been determined pursuant to this paragraph that the measure is not an
expropriation. An investor that seeks to invoke Article 15.6 with respect to a taxation measure must first
refer to the competent authorities described in paragraph 7, at the time that it gives notice under
Article 15.15.2, the issue of whether that taxation measure involves an expropriation. If the
competent authorities do not agree to consider the issue or, having agreed to consider it, fail to
agree that the measure is not an expropriation within a period of six months of such referral, the
investor may submit its claim to arbitration under Article 15.15.4.
7. For purposes of this Article,
(a) competent authorities means
(i) in the case of Singapore, Director (Taxation), Ministry of Finance; and
(ii) in the case of the United States, the Assistant Secretary of the
Treasury (Tax Policy), Department of the Treasury; and
(b) investment agreement and investment authorization have the
meanings ascribed to them in Chapter 15 (Investment).
ARTICLE 21.4 : DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require a Party to furnish
or allow access to confidential information, the disclosure of which would impede law
enforcement, or otherwise be contrary to the public interest, or which would prejudice the legitimate
commercial interests of particular enterprises, public or private.
ARTICLE 21.5 : ANTI-CORRUPTION
1. Each Party reaffirms its firm existing commitment to the adoption,
maintenance, and enforcement of effective measures, including deterrent penalties, against
bribery and corruption in international business transactions. The Parties further commit to
undertake best efforts to associate themselves with appropriate international anti-corruption
instruments and to encourage and support appropriate anti-corruption initiatives and activities in
relevant international fora.
2. The Parties shall cooperate to strive to eliminate bribery and corruption
and to promote transparency in international trade. They will look for avenues in relevant
international fora to address these issues and build upon the potential anti-corruption efforts in
these fora.
ARTICLE 21.6 : ACCESSION
1. Any country or group of countries may accede to this Agreement subject to
such terms and conditions as may be agreed between such country or countries and the
Parties and following approval in accordance with the applicable legal procedures of each country.
2. This Agreement shall not apply as between any Party and any acceding
country or group of countries if, at the time of the accession, either does not consent to
such accession.
ARTICLE 21.7 : ANNEXES
The Annexes to this Agreement constitute an integral part of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 21.8 : AMENDMENTS
This Agreement may be amended by agreement in writing by the Parties and such
amendment shall enter into force after the Parties have exchanged written notification
certifying that they have completed necessary internal legal procedures and on such date or dates
as may be agreed between them.
ARTICLE 21.9 : ENTRY INTO FORCE
AND TERMINATION
1. This Agreement shall come into force 60 days after the date when the
Parties have exchanged written notification that their respective internal requirements
for the entry into force of this Agreement have been fulfilled, or such other date as the Parties may
agree.
2. Either Party may terminate this Agreement by written notification to the
other Party, and such termination shall take effect six months after the date of the
notification.
3. Within 30 days of delivery of a notification under paragraph 2, either
Party may request consultations regarding whether the termination of any provision of this
Agreement should take effect at a later date than provided under paragraph 2. Such consultations
shall commence within 30 days of a Party�s delivery of such request.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized by their
respective Governments, have signed this Agreement.
Done at Washington, in duplicate, this sixth day of May, 2003.
FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: |
FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE
REPUBLIC OF SINGAPORE: |
Return to Index
3-1
Such consultations may include meetings of the Joint Committee pursuant to Article 20.1
(Joint Committee).
4-1 For Singapore, this
level of administrative review may include the Ministry supervising the
Customs authority.
5-1 For purposes of this paragraph, the
term �resolution of the matter� means, with regard to the
violation or other act of circumvention in question, (1) a decision by Singapore
not to prosecute,
(2) a judgment, or (3) a settlement in accordance with the law.
5-2 Singapore shall ensure that its
officials have the authority to examine textile and apparel goods imported
into Singapore, exported from Singapore, processed or manipulated in a
free trade zone, or transshipped in Singapore en route to the United
States, to ascertain that these goods correctly identify their country of
origin, that the documents accompanying the goods correctly describe the
goods, and that information that Singapore officials discover in the
course of such examinations may be shared with the United States.
5-3 With regard to transshipped
textile or apparel goods that are not claimed to be originating goods or
products of Singapore, and that do not undergo processing or manipulation
in a free trade zone, Singapore is not required to take any action other
than to share information about such goods with the United States.
5-4 A Party is not required to take
action under this paragraph if it finds that an enterprise�s failure
to maintain or produce records is the result of clerical error or
inadvertence.
5-5 For purposes of this paragraph,
the term �principal� means a person with principal ownership
or control of an enterprise.
7-1 The Parties understand that
�safeguard measure� does not include antidumping or
countervailing measures.
8-1 The Parties understand that seeks
to supply or supplies a service has the same meaning as
supplies a service as used in GATS Article XXVIII(g). The Parties understand
that for purposes
of Articles 8.3, 8.4, and 8.5 of this Agreement, service suppliers has the same
meaning as
services and service suppliers as used in GATS Articles II, XVI, and XVII.
8-2 The Parties understand that nothing in
this Chapter, including this paragraph, is subject to
investor-state dispute settlement pursuant to Section C of Chapter 15
(Investor-State Dispute
Settlement).
8-3 This paragraph does not cover measures
of a Party which limit inputs for the supply of
services.
8-4 The Parties understand that this
Article does not extend to Singapore�s requirements in relation to the Central Provident Fund regarding the withdrawal of monies from
individual accounts.
8-5 The Parties understand that
�regulation� includes regulations establishing or applying to
licensing authorization or criteria.
9-1 For greater certainty, Singapore�s
obligations under this Chapter shall not apply to measures adopted or maintained relating to broadcasting services as defined in
Singapore�s Schedule to
Annex 8B.
9-2 This Article does not apply to access
to unbundled network elements, including access to
leased circuits as an unbundled network element, which is addressed in Article
9.4.3.
9-3 For the purpose of the United
States� obligations, Article 9.4 does not apply to rural telephone
companies, as defined in section 3(37) of the Communications Act of 1934,
as amended by the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, unless a state regulatory authority orders
otherwise.
Moreover, a state regulatory authority may exempt a rural local exchange
carrier, as defined in
section 251(f)(2) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended by the
Telecommunications
Act of 1996, from the obligations contained in Article 9.4.
9-4 Article 9.4 does not apply to
suppliers of commercial mobile services.
9-5 In the United States, a
wholesale rate set pursuant to domestic law and regulation shall be
considered to be reasonable for purposes of subparagraph (a). In
Singapore, wholesale rates are
not required by the telecommunications regulatory body and therefore are
not factored into a
determination of what is considered to be reasonable for the purposes of
subparagraph (a).
9-6 In the United States, a reseller
that obtains at wholesale rates a telecommunications service
that is available at retail only to a category of subscribers may be
prohibited from offering such
service to a different category of subscribers. In Singapore, where
national law and regulation
provides for this, resellers that obtain public telecommunications
services available at retail only
to a category of subscribers at particular rates may be prohibited from
offering such service to a
different category of subscribers at that particular rate.
9-7 In the United States, this
obligation may not apply to those states that regulate such rates as a
matter of state law.
9-8 These costs may include the cost
of physical or virtual co-location referenced in Article 9.4.4.
9-9 The obligation under this
article is not an obligation to provide leased circuits as an unbundled
network element, which is addressed in Article 9.4.3.
9-10 This shall include any
submarine cable landing facilities included as part of that
authorization.
9-11 The Parties understand that
decisions on allocating and assigning spectrum, and frequency
management are not measures that are per se inconsistent with Article 8.5
(Market Access) and
Article 15.8 (Performance Requirements). Accordingly, each Party retains
the right to exercise its
spectrum and frequency management policies, which may affect the number of
suppliers of public
telecommunications services, provided that this is done in a manner that
is consistent with the
provisions of this Agreement. The Parties also retain the right to
allocate frequency bands taking
into account existing and future needs.
9-12 Because the United States
does not classify services described in 47 U.S.C. � 153(20) as
public telecommunications services, these services are not considered
public telecommunications
services for the purposes of this Agreement. This does not prejudice
either Party�s positions in
the WTO on the scope and definition of these services.
9-13 (a) For purposes of
Singapore�s obligations in Articles 9.3, 9.4.1, 9.4.5, 9.4.8, and 9.13,
the phrase supplier of public telecommunications services means a
facilities-based licensee or
services-based licensee that uses switching or routing equipment, in
accordance with the
Singapore Code of Practice for Competition in the Provision of
Telecommunications Services,
2000.
9-14 Including by photonic means.
10-1 For greater certainty, the
letters referred to in Article 15.26 (Status of Letter Exchanges), to
the extent relevant, are applicable to Article 15.6 (Expropriation) as
incorporated into this
Chapter.
10-2 For purposes of this Article, the
term �financial institutions of the other Party� includes
financial institutions that are located within the territory of the other Party
and controlled by
persons of the other Party that seek to establish financial institutions within
the territory of the
Party.
10-3 The Parties understand that nothing
in Article 10.6 prevents a financial institution of a Party
from applying to the other Party to consider authorizing the supply of a
financial service that is
supplied in neither Party�s territory. Such application shall be subject to the
law of the Party to
which the application is made and, for greater certainty, shall not be subject
to the obligations of
Article 10.6.
10-4 For purposes of this Article, the
term �financial institutions of the other Party� includes
financial institutions that are located within the territory of the other Party
and controlled by
persons of the other Party that seek to establish financial institutions within
the territory of the
Party.
10-5 It is understood that the term �prudential reasons�
includes the maintenance of the safety,
soundness, integrity or financial responsibility of individual financial
institutions or cross-border
financial service suppliers.
10-6 The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of the
United States and any entity that
administers a deposit insurance scheme in Singapore shall be deemed to be within
the definition
of public entity for purposes of Chapter 12 (Anticompetitive Business Conduct,
Government
Monopolies, and Government Enterprises).
11 As defined in relation to intra-corporate or company transferees in each
Party�s Schedule of Commitments to the GATS.
12-1 Singapore shall enact general competition legislation by January 2005, and
shall not exclude enterprises from that legislation on the basis of their status
as government enterprises.
12-2 The Parties recognize that shareholders do not oversee the day-to-day
operations of enterprises. Nothing in this provision is intended to require or encourage
action that would be inconsistent with applicable U.S. or Singapore law.
13-1 For greater certainty,
nothing in this Chapter shall be construed as incorporating U.S. General Note 8.
14-1 Paragraph 1 of this Article does not preclude a Party from
imposing internal taxes or other internal charges provided that these are imposed in a manner consistent
with this Agreement.
14-3 For greater clarity, digital products do not include
digitized representations of financial instruments.
15-1 Where an asset lacks the characteristics of an investment, that
asset is not an investment regardless of the form it may take. The characteristics of an investment
include the commitment of capital, the expectation of gain or profit, or the assumption of risk.
15-2 Some forms of debt, such as bonds, debentures, and long-term
notes, are more likely to have the characteristics of an investment, while other forms of debt, such as
claims to payment that are immediately due and result from the sale of goods or services, are less
likely to have such characteristics.
15-3 Whether a particular type of license, authorization, permit, or
similar instrument (including a concession, to the extent that it has the nature of such an instrument) has
the characteristics of an investment depends on such factors as the nature and extent of the rights
that the holder has under the domestic law of the Party. Among the licenses, authorizations,
permits, and similar instruments that do not have the characteristics of an investment are those
that do not create any rights protected under domestic law. For greater certainty, the foregoing is
without prejudice to whether any asset associated with the license, authorization, permit, or
similar instrument has the characteristics of an investment.
15-4 The term �investment� does not include an order or judgment
entered in a judicial or administrative action.
15-5 Actions taken by an agency of a Party to enforce laws of general
application such as competition law do not come within this definition.
15-6 For purposes of this definition, �national authority� means (1)
for Singapore, a ministry or other government body that is constituted by an Act of Parliament; and (2)
for the United States, an authority at the central level of government.
15-7 Actions taken by an agency of a Party to enforce laws of general
application such as competition law do not come within this definition.
15-8 Article 15.5 is to be interpreted in accordance with the letter
exchange on customary international law.
15-9 Article 15.6 is to be interpreted in accordance with the letter
exchange on customary international law and the letter exchange on expropriation, and is subject to
the letter exchange on land expropriation.
15-10 Article 15.7 is subject to Annex 15A.
15-11 Article 15.8 is subject to Annex 15B and Annex 15C.
15-12 Article 15.15 is subject to the letter exchange on land
expropriation.
15-13 For greater certainty, payments pursuant to a loan or bond shall
exclude capital account transactions relating to inter-bank loans, including loans to or from
Singapore licensed banks, merchant banks, or finance companies.
16-1 Singapore is not obligated to give effect to Articles 6 and 7 of
the Trademark Law Treaty.
16-2 For purposes of Articles 16.1.3 and 16.5.1, a national of a Party
shall also mean, in respect of the relevant right, entities located in such Party that would meet the
criteria for eligibility for protection provided for in the agreements listed in Article 16.1.2 and the
TRIPS Agreement.
16-3 For the purposes of paragraphs 3 and 4, �protection� shall
include matters affecting the availability, acquisition, scope, maintenance, and enforcement of
intellectual property rights as well as matters affecting the use of intellectual property rights
specifically covered by this Chapter. For the purposes of paragraphs 3 and 4, �protection� shall also
include the prohibition on circumvention of effective technological measures pursuant to paragraph 7
of Article 16.4 and the provision concerning rights management information pursuant to paragraph
8 of Article 16.4.
16-4 �Benefits derived there from� refers to benefits such as levies on
blank tapes.
16-5 Neither Party is obligated to treat certification marks as a
separate category in domestic law, provided that such marks are protected.
16-6 A geographical indication shall be capable of constituting a
trademark to the extent that the geographical indication consists of any sign, or any combination of signs,
capable of identifying a good or service as originating in the territory of a Party, or a region or
locality in that territory, where a given quality, reputation or other characteristic of the good or
service is essentially attributable to its geographical origin.
16-7 This provision is not intended to affect the use of common names
of pharmaceutical products in prescribing medicine.
16-8 For the application of paragraph 1 of Article 16.5, fixed means
the finalization of the master tape or its equivalent.
16-9 The definition of phonogram provided herein does not suggest that
rights in the phonogram are in any way affected through their incorporation into a cinematographic or
other audiovisual work.
16-10 A Party may limit such cause of action to cases where the
product has been sold or distributed only outside the Party's territory before its procurement inside
the Party's territory.
16-11 A Use� in this provision refers to use
other than that allowed in paragraph 3.
16-12 The Parties recognize that an intellectual property right does
not necessarily confer market power upon its owner.
16-13 Periods attributable to actions of the patent applicant shall
include such periods of time taken to file prescribed documents relating to the examination as provided in
the laws of the Party.
16-14 Where a Party, on the date of its implementation of the TRIPS
Agreement, had in place a system for protecting pharmaceutical or agricultural chemical products not
involving new chemical entities from unfair commercial use that conferred a different form
or period of protection shorter than that specified in paragraph 1 of Article 16.8, that
Party may retain such system notwithstanding the obligations of that paragraph.
16-15 For the purpose of Article 16.9 concerning the enforcement of
intellectual property rights, the term A right holder @
shall include exclusive licensees as well as federations and associations having the legal standing to assert such rights; and the term �exclusive
licensee� shall include the exclusive licensee of any one or more of the exclusive rights encompassed in
a given intellectual property.
16 For the purposes of this Chapter:
(a) counterfeit trademark goods shall mean any goods, including
packaging, bearing without authorization a trademark which is identical to the trademark validly
registered in respect of such goods, or which cannot be distinguished in its essential
aspects from such a trademark, and which thereby infringes the rights of the owner of the
trademark in question under the law of the country of importation; and
(b) pirated copyright goods shall mean any goods which are copies made
without the consent of the right holder or person duly authorized by the right holder in
the country of production and which are made directly or indirectly from an article where
the making of that copy would have constituted an infringement of a copyright or a related right
under the law of the country of importation.
16-17 For purposes of Article 16.9.22, �copyright� shall also include
related rights.
16-18 It is understood that this subparagraph is without prejudice to
the availability of defenses to copyright infringement that are of general applicability.
16-19 Either Party may request consultations with the other Party to
consider how to address future functions of a similar nature under this paragraph.
17-1 The Parties recall that paragraph 5 of this ILO Declaration
states that labor standards should not be used for protectionist trade purposes.
17-2 If, on the date a Party delivers a request, the Parties have not
established the Subcommittee, they shall do so during the 30-day period described in this paragraph.
18-1 If, on the date a Party delivers a request, the Parties have not
established the subcommittee, they shall do so during the 30-day period described in this paragraph.
19-1 For greater certainty, the correction of final administrative
actions includes a referral back to the body that took such action for corrective action.
20-1 This paragraph is subject to
the letter referred to in Article 15.26(c) (Status of Letter Exchanges).
21-1 This is without prejudice to the classification of digital
products as a good or a service.
21-2 If GATS Article XIV is amended, this Article shall be amended, as
appropriate, after consultations between the Parties.
|